-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, OTVa6yZVJBactSsbyEuf36IQKLluG1ijYjIDU5POuZmI0KBfBImRXvMVd/Zb2FKF RvwwRi3kFPnJ7+g2pYzbvg== 0000950148-02-001331.txt : 20020515 0000950148-02-001331.hdr.sgml : 20020515 20020515111935 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950148-02-001331 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: S-1/A PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 4 FILED AS OF DATE: 20020515 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: MOVIE GALLERY INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000925178 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: SERVICES-VIDEO TAPE RENTAL [7841] IRS NUMBER: 631120122 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 0103 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: S-1/A SEC ACT: 1933 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-86016 FILM NUMBER: 02649149 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 900 WEST MAIN STREET CITY: DOTHAN STATE: AL ZIP: 36301 BUSINESS PHONE: 3346772108 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 900 WEST MAIN STREET CITY: DOTHAN STATE: AL ZIP: 36301 S-1/A 1 d95687a2s-1a.txt AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FORM S-1 AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 15, 2002. FILE NO. 333-86016 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 ---------------------- AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FORM S-1 REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 ---------------------- MOVIE GALLERY, INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) DELAWARE 7841 63-1120122 (Primary Standard (I.R.S. Employer (State of Incorporation) Industrial Code Number) Identification No.) 900 W. MAIN STREET JOE THOMAS MALUGEN DOTHAN, ALABAMA 36301 900 W. MAIN STREET (334) 677-2108 DOTHAN, ALABAMA 36301 (Address, including zip code, (334) 677-2108 and telephone number, (Name, address, and telephone including area code of number of agent for service) principal executive offices)
COPIES TO: LAWRENCE P. SCHNAPP MARY ELLEN KANOFF TROY & GOULD LATHAM & WATKINS PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 633 W. FIFTH STREET 1801 CENTURY PARK EAST, 16TH FLOOR SUITE 4000 LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90067 LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90071 (310) 553-4441 (213) 485-1234
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO PUBLIC: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement. If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. [ ] If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ] If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ] If delivery of this prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. [ ] ---------------------- THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED. SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 15, 2002 PROSPECTUS (MOVIE GALLERY LOGO) 8,250,000 SHARES COMMON STOCK ---------------------- Movie Gallery is selling 3,900,000 shares and the selling stockholders are selling 4,350,000 shares. With the exception of proceeds from the exercise of options by some of the selling stockholders, we will not receive any of the proceeds from the shares sold by the selling stockholders. The shares are quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "MOVI." On May 15, 2002, the last sale price of the shares as reported on the Nasdaq National Market was $ per share. INVESTING IN THE COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS THAT ARE DESCRIBED IN THE "RISK FACTORS" SECTION BEGINNING ON PAGE 6 OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ----------------------
PER SHARE TOTAL --------- ----- Public offering price....................................... $ $ Underwriting discount....................................... $ $ Proceeds, before expenses, to Movie Gallery, Inc. .......... $ $ Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders...... $ $
The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional 1,237,500 shares from two of the selling stockholders at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments. NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. The shares will be ready for delivery on or about May 20, 2002. Joint Book-Running Managers BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC. THOMAS WEISEL PARTNERS LLC ---------------------- MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY, INC. BB&T CAPITAL MARKETS SWS SECURITIES The date of this prospectus is , 2002. [INSIDE COVER PAGE] [MOVIE GALLERY LOGO - "PLAY ON"] [PHOTOGRAPHS OF INTERIORS AND EXTERIORS OF MOVIE GALLERY STORES] [UPPER RIGHT HAND CAPTION: "THE LEADING HOME VIDEO SPECIALTY RETAILER OF VIDEOCASSETTES, DVDS AND VIDEO GAMES, PRIMARILY FOCUSED ON RURAL AND SECONDARY MARKETS IN THE U.S. AND CANADA."] TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE ---- Forward-Looking Statements.................................. ii Prospectus Summary.......................................... 1 Risk Factors................................................ 6 Use of Proceeds............................................. 14 Capitalization.............................................. 15 Price Range of Our Common Stock............................. 16 Dividend Policy............................................. 16 Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data............. 17 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations................................. 20 Business.................................................... 30 Management.................................................. 42 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.............. 47 Principal and Selling Stockholders.......................... 48 Description of Capital Stock................................ 50 Underwriting................................................ 51 Legal Matters............................................... 53 Experts..................................................... 53 Where You Can Find More Information......................... 53 Index to Financial Statements............................... F-1
---------------------- You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. Information contained on our web site does not constitute part of this document. i FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS We make forward-looking statements in this prospectus which represent our expectations or beliefs about future events and financial performance. Forward-looking statements are identifiable by words such as "believe," "anticipate," "expect," "intend," "plan," "will," "may" and other similar expressions. In addition, any statements that refer to expectations, projections or other characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, including those described under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus might not occur. In addition, actual results could differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements, and therefore you should not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include the following: - our ability to continue to expand, including our ability to successfully open new stores; - our ability to acquire new stores; - our ability to successfully integrate and improve the performance of the recently acquired Video Update stores; - changes in our method of amortizing rental inventory; - alteration of movie distribution windows; - the effects of new and existing technology; - changes in product pricing and distribution methods of movie studios; - competitive factors; - weather conditions within our geographic markets; - adequate movie and game product availability at acceptable overall per unit costs; and - adverse results from ongoing class-action lawsuits against us. ii PROSPECTUS SUMMARY This summary highlights selected information from this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. To understand this offering fully, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the discussion under "Risk Factors" and the financial statements and related notes, before you decide whether to buy our common stock. In this prospectus, "we," "us" and "our" refer to Movie Gallery, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Unless we state otherwise, all financial information and share and per share data in this prospectus assume that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, exclude shares reserved for issuance under our stock option plan and give effect to the two 3-for-2 stock splits effected as stock dividends paid on each of August 31, 2001 and January 3, 2002. OUR COMPANY We are the leading home video specialty retailer primarily focused on rural and secondary markets. We own and operate over 1,475 retail stores, located in 42 states and five Canadian provinces, that rent and sell videocassettes, DVDs and video games. Our target markets are small towns and suburban areas of cities with populations generally between 3,000 and 20,000 where our primary competitors are typically independently owned stores and small regional chains. Since our initial public offering in August 1994, we have grown from 97 stores to our present size through acquisitions and new store openings. We believe we are the lowest cost operator among the leading national home video specialty retail chains. We have developed and implemented a flexible and disciplined business strategy that centers on driving revenue growth, maximizing store level productivity and profitability and minimizing operating costs. By focusing primarily on rural and secondary markets, we are able to reduce our operating costs through lower rents, flexible leases, reduced labor costs and economies of scale while simultaneously offering an attractive product assortment. As a result of our competitive strengths, our operating and growth strategies and our management team, we have achieved substantial growth over the past six fiscal years. From fiscal 1995, the first full year of operations following our initial public offering, to fiscal 2001, we have grown total revenues from $149.2 million to $369.1 million, a compound annual growth rate of 16.3%, and have grown Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, non-cash compensation and nonrecurring items, less purchases of rental inventory, exclusive of new store opening inventory) from $8.8 million to $61.6 million, a compound annual growth rate of 38.4%. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW According to Adams Media Research, the domestic home video specialty retail industry grew from an estimated $15.3 billion in revenue in 1996 to $20.6 billion in 2001, representing a 6.1% compound annual growth rate, exceeding the 2.5% growth rate of the consumer price index during the same period. Adams Media expects this industry to reach $31.2 billion in revenue by 2010, fueled primarily by DVD penetration. Currently, 90% of all television households own a VCR and approximately 23% own a DVD player. According to Adams Media, the number of households owning DVD players is expected to increase from approximately 24.8 million at the end of 2001 to approximately 90.4 million by 2010. Based on our experience, we believe that for a period of time after a household purchases a DVD player, there is a direct increase in both rentals and purchases. According to Adams Media, home video is currently the largest source of domestic revenue for the movie studios, accounting for approximately 56% of the $19.7 billion of studio revenues in 2001. Only a small percentage of the movies produced are profitable from the studios' portion of theatrical box office receipts. As a result, the movie studios depend on the revenues earned from the home video industry to produce substantial revenues from not only the hit movies, but the lower grossing non-hit and made-for-video movies. Additionally, the movie studios have created an exclusive window provided to the home video industry for a period of time following the box office introduction of a film to maximize their revenue. We believe this interdependence of the movie studios with the home video industry should remain an important competitive advantage for our industry in the future. 1 In addition to DVD penetration, a number of additional trends are affecting the video rental industry, including: - greater consolidation driven by the competitive impact of larger chains on small operators; - product pricing strategies, such as revenue sharing, that maximize movie rentals and allow retailers to carry a greater number of copies of individual movie titles; and - a new hardware cycle in the video game industry. COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS We believe we have a number of competitive strengths that enable us to be the market leader in the majority of our markets, including: - our primary focus on stores in rural and secondary markets; - our efforts to be the low cost operator in each of our markets; - our flexible and disciplined business model designed to maximize revenues and reduce costs; - our proven acquisition and integration strategy; - our proprietary information system; - our focus on customer service; and - our experienced management team. GROWTH STRATEGY The key elements of our growth strategy are to: - drive same store revenues and enhance operating margins; - develop new stores in attractive markets; and - pursue opportunistic acquisitions. RECENT EARNINGS ANNOUNCEMENT On May 10, 2002, we announced our financial results for the first quarter of 2002. Our revenues for the quarter, a 13-week period ended April 7, 2002, were $123.1 million, an increase of 34.5% from $91.6 million for the first quarter of 2001, a 13-week period ended April 1, 2001. Our net income for the first quarter of 2002 increased 145.7% to $9.9 million from $4.0 million in the first quarter last year, and net income per diluted share rose 118.8% to $0.35 from $0.16. The results for the 13-week period ended April 7, 2002 include the effect of our adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Our net income per diluted share for the 13-week period ended April 1, 2001 would have been $0.19 if Statement No. 142 had been adopted at the beginning of 2001. Our pro forma net income increased 83.1% to $10.0 million for the first quarter of 2002 from $5.5 million for the first quarter of 2001. Pro forma earnings per diluted share rose 66.7% to $0.35 from $0.21. Pro forma results for both periods exclude the income statement impact of non-cash compensation expense resulting from variable stock options. For 2001, pro forma results also exclude a nonrecurring charge related to the amendment of a supply contract. Pro forma net income per diluted share for the 13-week period ended April 1, 2001 would have been $0.24 if Statement No. 142 had been adopted at the beginning of 2001. Our Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, non-cash compensation and nonrecurring items, less purchases of rental inventory, exclusive of new store opening inventory) increased 23.7% to $19.8 million for the first quarter of 2002 from $16.0 million for the first quarter of 2001. Our consolidated financial statements for the first quarter of 2002 will be included in our quarterly report on Form 10-Q scheduled to be filed with the SEC on May 22, 2002. ---------------------- Our principal executive offices are located at 900 West Main Street, Dothan, Alabama 36301. Our telephone number is (334) 677-2108. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1994. 2 THE OFFERING Common stock offered by us.... 3,900,000 shares Common stock offered by the selling stockholders.......... 4,350,000 shares Common stock to be outstanding after this offering........... 31,884,991 shares Use of proceeds............... We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $ million. We intend to use the net proceeds for the repayment of debt, working capital and general corporate purposes, including, among other things, strategic acquisitions and new store openings. With the exception of option exercise proceeds, we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See "Use of Proceeds." Risk factors.................. See "Risk Factors" and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. Nasdaq National Market Symbol........................ MOVI The number of shares outstanding after this offering is based on 27,634,991 shares outstanding as of May 13, 2002, plus the 3,900,000 shares issued in this offering and the 350,000 shares issuable to, and to be sold by, some of the selling stockholders upon the exercise of options in connection with this offering. The number of shares outstanding after this offering does not include 3,081,671 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of all other stock options outstanding as of May 13, 2002. 3 SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA The summary historical consolidated financial data for fiscal years 1999, 2000 and 2001 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for the respective periods included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this data along with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," our consolidated financial statements, the unaudited pro forma financial information on pages F-40 through F-42 relating to our acquisition of Video Update, Inc. as described in note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
FISCAL YEAR ENDED(1) -------------------------------------- JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, 2000 2000 2002 ---------- ------------ ---------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) STATEMENTS OF INCOME DATA: Revenues: Rentals................................................... $235,452 $271,457 $313,852 Product sales............................................. 41,493 47,479 55,279 -------- -------- -------- Total revenues..................................... 276,945 318,936 369,131 Cost of sales: Cost of rental revenues................................... 69,716 81,958 91,445 Cost of product sales..................................... 25,884 31,213 35,002 -------- -------- -------- Gross margin................................................ 181,345 205,765 242,684 Operating income(2)......................................... 14,362 19,690 27,170 Net income.................................................. $ 5,017 $ 9,486 $ 14,356 Net income per share -- basic............................... $ 0.17 $ 0.37 $ 0.56 Net income per share -- diluted............................. $ 0.17 $ 0.37 $ 0.53 Weighted average shares outstanding: Basic..................................................... 29,509 25,801 25,837 Diluted................................................... 30,083 25,868 27,220
JANUARY 6, JANUARY 6, 2002 2002(3) ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED ---------- ----------- (IN THOUSANDS) BALANCE SHEET DATA: Cash and cash equivalents................................... $ 16,349 $ Rental inventory, net....................................... 88,424 88,424 Total assets................................................ 270,132 Long-term debt, less current maturities..................... 26,000 -- Stockholders' equity........................................ 162,182
FISCAL YEAR ENDED(1) -------------------------------------- JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, 2000 2000 2002 ---------- ------------ ---------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) OTHER DATA: Number of stores at end of period........................... 963 1,020 1,415(4) Average revenues per store(5)............................... $ 313 $ 328 $ 342 Adjusted EBITDA(6).......................................... $35,494 $39,744 $61,581 Increase in same store revenues(7).......................... 0.4% 3.8% 2.7%
(footnotes on next page) 4 (1) Results for fiscal 2001 reflect a 53-week year and include 17 days of operations for Video Update, which we acquired out of bankruptcy on December 21, 2001. All other fiscal years presented reflect 52-week years. (2) Includes (i) a $1.6 million nonrecurring charge related to the amendment of our supply agreement with Rentrak Corporation in fiscal 2001 and (ii) non-cash compensation expense associated with stock options that were repriced in fiscal 2001 and are subsequently required to be accounted for as variable stock options (see note 6 to our consolidated financial statements). (3) As adjusted to give effect to the sale of 3,900,000 shares of our common stock and our receipt of $813,089 of proceeds from the exercise of options, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom. See "Capitalization." (4) Includes 324 stores acquired as a result of our acquisition of Video Update. (5) Calculated as total revenue divided by the weighted average number of stores open in each fiscal year. Results for fiscal 2001 include approximately $9,000 per store related to the extra week. (6) Adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, non-cash compensation and nonrecurring items (extraordinary loss and cumulative effect of accounting change in fiscal 1999; extraordinary loss and change to amend our supply agreement with Rentrak Corporation in fiscal 2001), less purchases of rental inventory exclusive of rental inventory purchases specifically for new store openings. Adjusted EBITDA is presented not as an alternative measure of operating results or cash flow from operations (as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States), but because it is a widely accepted financial indicator, in the home video specialty retail industry, of a company's ability to incur and service debt. Our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to reported EBITDA and/or Adjusted EBITDA of other companies due to the lack of uniform definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. Our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated is set forth below:
FISCAL YEAR ENDED(1) ------------------------------------------------------ JANUARY 2, 2000 DECEMBER 31, 2000 JANUARY 6, 2002 --------------- ------------------ --------------- (IN THOUSANDS) Operating income............................ $ 14,362 $ 19,690 $ 27,170 Add back depreciation and amortization...... 72,205 76,787 85,970 -------- -------- -------- 86,567 96,477 113,140 Add back non-cash and nonrecurring items(a).................................. -- -- 9,761 Subtract existing store new release replenishment(b).......................... (51,073) (56,733) (61,320) -------- -------- -------- Adjusted EBITDA............................. $ 35,494 $ 39,744 $ 61,581 ======== ======== ========
- --------------- (a) Reflects (i) non-cash compensation expense associated with stock options that were repriced in fiscal 2001 and are subsequently required to be accounted for as variable stock options and (ii) a $1.6 million charge for the amendment of a supply contract with Rentrak Corporation. (b) Represents the cost of replenishing new release rental videocassettes, DVDs and video games for existing stores, net of the write-off of the net book value of previously viewed rental inventory sold, that are included in investing activities on our statements of cash flows. This cost is in addition to the cost of rental inventory represented by revenue sharing expense included in our statements of income. (7) Same store revenues are calculated based upon the aggregate revenues from stores operated by us for at least 13 months. 5 RISK FACTORS This offering and an investment in our common stock involve a high degree of risk. The performance of your shares will reflect the performance of our business related to, among other things, our ability to grow, competition and general economic, market and industry conditions. You should carefully consider the following factors as well as other information contained in this prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. This document also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this prospectus. RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS WE MAY BE UNABLE TO SUCCESSFULLY IMPLEMENT OUR GROWTH STRATEGY Our long-term strategy is to grow through new store openings and acquisitions of existing stores. Successful implementation of this strategy is contingent upon numerous conditions, and we cannot assure you that our business plan can be successfully executed. We require significant capital to acquire existing stores and to open new stores. To date, our growth strategy has been funded primarily through proceeds from public offerings of common stock, bank borrowings, internally generated cash flow, use of our common stock as acquisition consideration and seller financing. These and other sources of capital, including public or private sales of debt or equity securities, may not be available to us in the future on terms satisfactory to us or at all. New Store Openings. Our ability to open new stores as planned, and the profitability of these new stores, may be adversely affected by a number of factors, including: - our ability to identify and secure new sites; - our ability to negotiate acceptable leases and timely implement cost-effective development plans for new stores; - the availability of capital; and - our ability to hire, train and assimilate skilled store managers and other personnel. If we do not grow as planned, our earnings could be negatively impacted. Our planned growth may result in increased pressure on our management and operations. We continuously review and modify our financial controls and management information systems. There are no assurances that we will be able to anticipate and respond to, in a timely and sufficient manner, the potential changing demands this expansion could have on our operations and business. In addition, our growth strategy contemplates the opening of new stores in markets in which we do not currently operate. Accordingly, there are no assurances that these new stores will realize revenue or profitability levels comparable to those of our current stores, or that such levels will be achieved within our estimated time frames. Acquisitions. Our ability to acquire stores and operate them at the desired levels of sales and profitability may be adversely affected by: - our ability to identify acquisition candidates that fit our criteria, including, among others, size, location and profitability, and that are willing to sell at prices we consider reasonable; - our ability to consummate identified acquisitions due to, among other things, a lack of available capital; - a reduction in the number of stores available for purchase by us; 6 - increased competition for acquisitions; - misrepresentations and breaches of contracts by sellers; - our limited knowledge of the operating history of the acquired stores; - the integration of the acquired stores' operating and information systems into our systems and procedures; and - our ability to retain and motivate employees of the acquired stores. A CHANGE IN OUR METHOD OF AMORTIZING OUR RENTAL INVENTORY COULD RESULT IN A SIGNIFICANT ONE-TIME NON-CASH CHARGE AGAINST OUR EARNINGS A major component of our cost structure is based upon the method by which we amortize our rental inventory. This method is dependent upon the net realizable value of our inventory and the demand patterns of the rental products we provide. The largest two chains in our industry tend to operate in more urban areas with higher levels of DVD penetration. As a result of the transition of consumer preferences from renting videocassettes to DVDs, these two companies recently changed their estimates used to amortize rental inventory by reducing the residual values of the videocassette product and by accelerating the write-off period. We periodically evaluate the necessity of accelerating our amortization method based on consumer demand for our products and at some time in the future may make a change in our methods or estimates. Such a change could result in a significant one-time non-cash charge to our earnings, which could have a negative effect on our results of operations. THE HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF VIDEO UPDATE AND THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA PRESENTED IN THIS PROSPECTUS MAY BE OF LIMITED UTILITY On December 21, 2001, we acquired 100% of the newly issued common stock of the reorganized Video Update pursuant to a plan of reorganization confirmed by the bankruptcy court. The historical financial information of Video Update contained in this prospectus and used to create the pro forma financial data required by SEC regulations includes the unaudited results of operations of 145 stores that were closed or disposed of by Video Update between January 1, 2001 and December 20, 2001. The historical financial information also includes certain restructuring charges resulting from these closings and dispositions, as well as the costs of operating the business during the bankruptcy proceedings. In addition, Video Update lacked certain internal accounting and management controls immediately prior to, and for a period of time following, the institution of bankruptcy proceedings and embezzlement and fraud may have been perpetrated by certain former officers of Video Update. Due to the factors described above, we believe that such historical and pro forma information may be of limited utility in considering the historical performance of Video Update and the impact of the acquisition on our future results. OUR BUSINESS MAY BE NEGATIVELY IMPACTED BY OUR FAILURE TO SUCCESSFULLY INTEGRATE AND IMPROVE THE PERFORMANCE OF VIDEO UPDATE Our business may be adversely affected if we cannot successfully integrate and improve the performance of the 324 acquired stores of Video Update into our operations, including: - increasing revenues in the acquired stores; - reducing operating costs of the acquired stores including occupancy, labor, supplies, and other store level expenses; - retaining and properly motivating store level operating staff and managers; 7 - competing effectively in the new markets created by the acquisition, including some markets where we face more competition than in our existing markets; or - identifying and closing underperforming stores in a timely manner. OUR BUSINESS COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY INCREASED COMPETITION From time to time, the two larger chains in our industry have discussed the implementation of a rural strategy that is focused more on the rural and secondary markets we predominantly serve. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the two larger chains in our industry will not become a more significant competitive force in our markets. Pricing strategies for movies and video games are a major competitive factor in the video retail industry and we have significantly fewer financial and marketing resources, lower market share and less name recognition than the two larger chains. In addition, there is no guarantee that smaller regional chains, supermarkets, pharmacies, convenience stores, bookstores, online stores, mail order operations, mass merchants, franchisees, specialty retailers and other retailers, as well as noncommercial sources, such as libraries, will not develop an increased market share of the home video retail industry in the markets we serve. Other types of entertainment, such as theaters, television, sporting events and family entertainment centers, also compete with our video and video game businesses. If any of our competitors, including large and regional chains, were to substantially increase their presence in the markets we serve, our revenues and/or profitability could decline, our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations could be harmed and the continued success of our business would be challenged. WE ARE A DEFENDANT IN VARIOUS LAWSUITS THAT COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT US We are a defendant in one putative class action lawsuit in Alabama, one in Texas and one in Tennessee, regarding the extended viewing fees that we charge our customers. Each of these lawsuits alleges, on behalf of a nationwide class of all customers, that the extended viewing fees we charge for keeping our rental products beyond the initial rental period are penalties in violation of common law and equitable theories. The dollar amount that the plaintiffs seek in each of the foregoing four putative class action lawsuits is not set forth in the complaints. Similar class action lawsuits have been filed against the two largest chains in our industry. Without admitting any fault, one of these companies recently settled all of these class action lawsuits pending against it. According to the announced terms of the settlement, this company agreed to make certificates available to class members for rentals and cash discounts and to pay approximately $9.0 million of the plaintiffs' attorney's fees. Although the settlement of this case was approved by the trial court, an appeal of the approval filed by some of the class members is currently pending. We recently obtained a court order preliminarily approving a settlement agreement between us and the plaintiffs in the Tennessee case, by which we agreed to settle claims of all of the members of the nationwide class of customers. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, we are required to give class members certificates with values ranging from $9 to $16, redeemable between January 30, 2003 and June 30, 2003, for movie rentals, game rentals and non-food purchases in our stores. We would also pay to plaintiffs' attorneys up to $850,000 in fees. A fairness hearing regarding this settlement has been scheduled for November 22, 2002. At this hearing, the court will consider any objections to the settlement agreement brought by class members, their attorneys or other interested parties, and will determine whether to approve, reject or modify the terms of the settlement. If approved on the proposed terms, the settlement would likely release all claims made by all class members in all the pending class actions, other than members who choose not to participate in the settlement. As a result of the settlement agreement, we expect to incur a one-time charge to our earnings of approximately $4.0 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2002, which amount includes the $850,000 of plaintiffs' attorney's fees. In connection with the settlement, we filed a motion in the class action lawsuits in Alabama and Texas to require the plaintiffs to stop their actions in those lawsuits. The plaintiffs in the Alabama case have objected to our motion, and have filed their own motion seeking attorneys' fees. We intend to vigorously object to the Alabama plaintiffs' pursuit of any action in this case, including their claim for attorneys' fees. 8 We believe that our extended viewing fees do not violate any laws. As a result, in the event the settlement described above is not approved by the court, we intend to continue to vigorously defend the lawsuits filed against us. However, we cannot provide any assurance as to the outcome of these proceedings or provide any assurance that other similar lawsuits regarding our extended viewing fee policy will not be filed against us. The amount of extended viewing fees that we have collected to date is significant. Accordingly, an adverse outcome in any of these lawsuits could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition or results of operations. Furthermore, even if we prevail in these lawsuits or if these lawsuits are settled prior to trial, either pursuant to the settlement described above or otherwise, the legal fees paid by us to defend these lawsuits, the amounts paid as part of any settlement, and diversion of management's attention resulting from the lawsuits may also have an adverse effect on our operations. OUR BUSINESS COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED IF WE LOST KEY MEMBERS OF OUR EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT TEAM We are highly dependent on the efforts and performance of our executive management team. If we were to lose any key members of this team, our business could be adversely affected. You should read the information under "Management" for a detailed description of our executive management team. OUR BUSINESS COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY THE FAILURE OF OUR MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS TO PERFORM AS EXPECTED We depend on our management information systems for the efficient operation of our business. Our merchandise operations use our inventory utilization system to track rental activity by individual videocassette, DVD and video game to determine appropriate buying, distribution and disposition of our inventory. We also rely on a scalable client-server system to maintain and update information relating to revenue, rental and sales activity, videocassette, DVD and video game rental patterns, store membership demographics and individual customer history. These systems, together with our point-of-sale and in-store systems, allow us to control our cash flow, keep our in-store inventories at optimum levels, move our inventory more efficiently and track and record our performance. If our management information systems failed to perform as expected, our ability to manage our inventory and monitor our performance could be adversely affected, which, in turn, could harm our business and financial condition. RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY OUR BUSINESS COULD BE NEGATIVELY IMPACTED IF MOVIE STUDIOS SIGNIFICANTLY ALTER THE MOVIE DISTRIBUTION WINDOWS Studios distribute movies in a specific sequence in order to maximize studio revenues on each title they release. The order of distribution of movies is currently: (1) movie theaters; (2) hotels and airlines; (3) home video retailers; (4) pay-per-view; and (5) all other sources, including cable and syndicated television. Our industry has an early "window" that is exclusive of most other forms of non-theatrical movie distribution as noted above. The length of the movie rental window varies, but typically ranges between 30 and 60 days. We cannot be certain that movie studios will maintain this exclusive window in the future. We could be adversely affected if the movie studios shorten or eliminate these windows, or if the movie rental windows were no longer among the first windows following the theatrical release, because newly released movies would be made available earlier through other forms of non-theatrical movie distribution. As a result, consumers would no longer need to wait until after the video store distribution window to view these movies through other distribution channels. For example, in September 2001 the Walt Disney Company and News Corporation announced a joint venture to offer video-on-demand movie services through high-speed internet connections and cable television by mid-2002. The planned release window is 30 days after a film's release in video stores and before the film is available on pay-per-view, although that time period could be further reduced. We cannot assure you that this release window will not be shortened in a manner that would negatively impact 9 our rental revenues. Five other studios, namely Sony, AOL Time Warner, Universal, Paramount and MGM, recently formed a joint venture named "Movielink" to also pursue a video-on-demand service offering downloadable movies. OUR BUSINESS MAY BE NEGATIVELY IMPACTED BY NEW AND EXISTING TECHNOLOGIES New Technologies. New technologies, including video-on-demand, streaming movies over the Internet and single-play DVDs, represent a material risk to our company and the home video specialty retail industry. Video-on-demand is intended to afford subscribers the luxury of watching, at any time of the day, any movie included in a list of titles maintained by the video-on-demand provider. Consumers may prefer alternative movie delivery systems such as video-on-demand over traditional video rentals if such alternative systems were to allow the consumers to conveniently choose, watch and control movies at any time of the day, if the alternative systems were able to be provided at a reasonable price and if new releases were made available simultaneously with, or prior to, their availability for rental at the video stores. Single-play DVDs are programmed to stop working after a limited time of use, such as one week, during which time the movie can be viewed an unlimited number of times. Although this technology is still being developed, it has not been adopted by any studios and is as yet unproven. However, at least two studios have announced that they are exploring the use of this technology. We could see a significant negative impact to our financial position and survival if these technologies are widely accepted by consumers. Existing Technologies. Cable, satellite and near-video-on-demand systems such as pay-per-view television systems are expected to continue to increase and expand offerings to consumers. The cable and satellite television systems offer movie channels, which require a subscription fee for access to movies selected by the provider at times selected by the provider, and near-video-on-demand services, which require a discrete fee to view a movie selected by the subscriber. Near-video-on-demand, cable and satellite services allow consumers to avoid trips to the video store for movie rentals and returns, and remove the possibility of their incurring extended viewing fees. Although near-video-on-demand services previously offered a limited number of channels and movies at scheduled intervals, developing technologies are enabling cable, satellite and internet service providers and others to transmit substantially more movies directly to homes at more frequently scheduled and convenient intervals throughout the day. Pay-per-view purchases could significantly increase if near-video-on-demand services were to become more convenient, widely available and accepted, which could adversely affect our business. If consumers more widely accept satellite and digital cable and/or near-video-on-demand services, they may rent fewer movies from us in favor of the expanded number of channels and expanded programming offered through these existing technologies. OUR BUSINESS COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED IF STUDIOS INITIALLY PRICE A SIGNIFICANT NUMBER OF NEW MOVIE RELEASES AS SELL-THROUGH PRODUCTS AND CONSUMERS DECIDE TO PURCHASE RATHER THAN RENT MOVIES Generally, studios price the majority of movies they distribute under the videocassette format at "rental" pricing, which is typically too high a price to generate significant consumer demand to purchase these movies. At times, however, the studios determine that consumers are more likely to purchase certain titles within the videocassette format, and therefore price these titles at a lower price. This pricing method is known as sell-through pricing. Additionally, most titles currently released on DVD are priced at sell-through prices. These movies are purchased to rent by home video specialty retailers and to sell by both home video specialty retailers and mass merchants, among others. Sell-through retail margins are generally lower than rental margins. Some of our competitors, such as online stores, mass merchants and warehouse clubs, may operate at margins lower than ours and are able to distribute and sell movies at lower costs than us. If we are not able to derive most of our revenues from our higher margin rental business, our profit levels would be adversely impacted. In addition, our business could be adversely affected if: - studios decide to release more movies at sell-through versus rental pricing, which could increase the satisfaction of consumer demand through product sales that carry lower profit margins than rental revenues; and 10 - more consumers decide that they would rather purchase movies released at sell-through prices than rent those movies. OUR BUSINESS COULD BE ADVERSELY IMPACTED IF MOVIE STUDIOS NEGATIVELY ALTERED REVENUE SHARING PROGRAMS Prior to studio revenue sharing programs, we would typically pay between $35 and $75 per videocassette for major theatrical releases not priced as sell-through titles. Under studio revenue sharing programs we are able to pay a minimal up front cost per videocassette and thereafter pay a percentage of each revenue dollar earned for a specified period of time to the studios. These programs have enabled us to significantly increase the number of copies carried for each title, thereby enabling us to better meet consumer demand. After a specified period of time, we offer these copies for sale to our customers as "previously viewed movies" at lower prices than new copies of the movie. We could be adversely affected if these programs are changed to give the movie studios a greater percentage of each revenue dollar or if they are discontinued. Further, some of our agreements provide that either party may terminate the agreement on 90 days notice. Under our revenue sharing agreements, we earn revenues from video rentals and from the sale of previously viewed movies to the public. We need to sell previously viewed movies at an expected price in order to reach our estimated gross margins. Our estimated gross margins may be adversely affected if the average sales price for previously viewed movies obtained under revenue sharing programs is not at or above the expected price. A consumer's desire to own a particular movie and the number of previously viewed movies available for sale to the public by our competitors are factors that affect our ability to sell previously viewed movies at the expected price. Additionally, sales of previously viewed movies also compete with newly released videos that are priced for sell-through. As a result, there are no assurances that we will be able to sell previously viewed movies at or above the expected price. THE VIDEO STORE INDUSTRY COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY CONDITIONS IMPACTING THE MOTION PICTURE INDUSTRY The availability of new movies produced by the movie studios is vital to our industry. The quality and quantity of new movies available in our stores could be negatively impacted by factors that adversely affect the motion picture industry, such as financial difficulties, regulatory requirements and work disruptions involving key personnel such as writers or actors. A decrease in the quality and quantity of new movies available in our stores could result in reduced consumer demand, which could negatively impact our revenues and harm our business and financial position. OUR BUSINESS COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED IF VIDEO GAME SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS DO NOT INTRODUCE NEW PRODUCTS IN A TIMELY MANNER Consumer demand for video games available in our stores could be adversely affected if manufacturers fail to introduce new games and systems in a timely manner. A decline in consumer demand for video games available in our stores could negatively affect our revenues and harm our business and financial position. RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING THE VALUE OF OUR SECURITIES MAY BE AFFECTED BY VARIANCES IN OUR QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS THAT ARE UNRELATED TO OUR LONG-TERM PERFORMANCE Historically, our quarterly operating results have varied and we anticipate that they will vary in the future. Factors that may cause our quarterly operating results to vary, many of which are not in our control, include: - consumer demand for our products; 11 - prices at which we can rent or sell our products; - timing, cost and availability of newly-released movies, new video games and new video game systems; - competition from providers of similar products and other forms of entertainment; - seasonality; - acquisitions by us of existing stores, including the integration of the 324 stores we acquired in the Video Update reorganization; - variations in the timing and number of store openings; - profitability of new stores; and - acts of God or public authorities, war, civil unrest, fire, floods, earthquakes, acts of terrorism and other matters beyond our control. OUR MANAGEMENT WILL HAVE BROAD DISCRETION OVER THE APPLICATION OF THE PROCEEDS We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds to us from this offering to repay all of the borrowings under our senior credit facility. The balance will be available for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Although we anticipate using a portion of the proceeds to fund new store development and acquisitions, our management will have broad discretion in how we use the net proceeds of this offering. See "Use of Proceeds" for a further discussion of how we intend to use the proceeds to us from this offering. THE MARKET PRICE FOR OUR COMMON STOCK MAY FLUCTUATE SUBSTANTIALLY Future developments concerning our business, our competitors or the home video specialty retail industry, including fluctuations in our operating results, the introduction of new products, the performance of other similar companies, changes in financial estimates by financial analysts or our failure to meet these estimates and other factors, could have a significant impact on the market price of our common stock. In addition, in recent years the stock market has experienced a high level of price and volume volatility, and market prices for the stock of many companies have experienced wide price fluctuations that have not necessarily been related to the operating performance of these companies. Since our initial public offering our stock price has experienced significant volatility. These broad market fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock, business, results of operations or financial condition. You may not be able to sell shares at or above the price you pay for them in this offering. In addition, historically, companies that have experienced market price volatility have been the target of securities class action litigation. We could incur significant costs and our management's time and resources could be diverted from the operation of our business if we were the target of a securities class action litigation. 12 ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS OF OUR CHARTER DOCUMENTS AND DELAWARE LAW PROVISIONS COULD ADVERSELY IMPACT A POTENTIAL ACQUISITION BY THIRD PARTIES We have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that may have the effect of delaying, hindering or preventing a change in control of our company and could adversely impact a potential acquisition by third parties. Among other provisions: - Our board of directors determines the size of our board and may create new directorships and elect new directors, which may enable an incumbent board to maintain control by adding directors; - Our board of directors may adopt, amend, alter or repeal our bylaws without a vote of our stockholders, which may enable our board to change our bylaws to deter a proxy contest in connection with an unsolicited takeover offer; and - We require advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, which may restrict stockholder proposals and director nominations in connection with a takeover offer. In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibit us from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a manner prescribed under Section 203. THERE IS A SUBSTANTIAL NUMBER OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE AND THE SALE OF THOSE SHARES COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR STOCK PRICE Immediately following this offering 31,884,991 shares of our common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, 24,041,043 shares, including those sold in this offering, will be freely tradeable under the Securities Act by persons who are not our "affiliates." In general, an affiliate is any person who is in control or who has a control relationship with us and includes our directors and executive officers. After this offering, our directors and executive officers will own 7,813,348 shares of our common stock. After the expiration of a 90-day lockup period entered into in connection with this offering to which all of our directors and selling stockholders are subject, these holders will be entitled to dispose of their shares, subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. As of May 13, 2002, excluding the 350,000 options being exercised by some of the selling stockholders in connection with this offering, there were a total of 3,081,671 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options under our stock option plan, of which 1,518,172 are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus. Most of these options have exercise prices that are substantially below our stock price as of the date of this prospectus. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of common stock that are no longer subject to the lockup period or other restrictions, or the availability of these shares for sale, will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of a substantial number of shares of common stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through an offering of equity securities. As part of our acquisition strategy, we may consider issuing additional shares of our common stock. To the extent that we are able to grow through acquisitions for stock, the number of outstanding shares of our common stock that will be eligible for sale in the future is likely to increase substantially. In addition, the potential issuance of additional shares in connection with anticipated acquisitions could lessen demand for our common stock and result in a lower price than would otherwise be obtained. 13 USE OF PROCEEDS We expect to receive approximately $ million from the sale of 3,900,000 shares of our common stock in this offering after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, related fees and estimated expenses payable by us. Some of the shares being offered by the selling stockholders are issuable upon the exercise of stock options held by them as described under "Principal and Selling Stockholders." With the exception of the exercise proceeds of these options, which total $813,089, we will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares being offered by the selling stockholders. We will use the net proceeds of this offering to repay all outstanding borrowings under our credit facility. The amount outstanding under our credit facility as of May 13, 2002 was $46,900,000. Our credit facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a current variable interest rate spread of 2% and matures on July 4, 2004. We intend to use the balance of the net proceeds of this offering for new store openings, selective acquisitions, working capital and other general corporate purposes. Pending their use, any net proceeds in excess of those required to repay our outstanding borrowings under our credit facility will be invested in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade obligations. The indebtedness that will be repaid with the net proceeds of this offering was incurred under our credit facility principally to repay amounts outstanding under a previous facility that was due to expire in January 2002, to fund the purchase of the senior secured debt of, and the debtor-in-possession financing facility with, Video Update, and for investments in new store openings and store acquisitions. The amount available to us under our credit facility will be reduced by 25% of the net proceeds received by us from this offering. We recently entered into an agreement to acquire a chain of 44 video stores. This acquisition is scheduled to close on or about the date of this prospectus, subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions. While we engage in discussions relating to potential acquisitions from time to time, we are not currently a party to any definitive agreement or letter of intent regarding any material acquisition. The foregoing information represents our best belief as to our use of the proceeds of this offering based upon our current plans. Actual expenditures may vary substantially from the intended uses referred to above. We may find it necessary or advisable to use portions of this offering for other purposes. 14 CAPITALIZATION The following table shows our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of January 6, 2002 on an actual basis and as adjusted to reflect this offering and application of our estimated net proceeds. The proceeds reflect the sale of the 3,900,000 shares of common stock offered by us. You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the notes to our consolidated financial statements and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this prospectus.
JANUARY 6, 2002 ---------------------- ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED -------- ----------- (IN THOUSANDS) Cash and cash equivalents................................... $ 16,349 $ (1) ======== ======== Long-term debt(2)........................................... $ 26,000 $ -- Stockholders' equity: Preferred stock, $0.10 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding............ -- -- Common stock, $0.001 par value; 35,000,000 shares authorized; 27,215,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; and 31,465,000 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted............................................ 27 31 Additional paid-in capital................................ 140,475 Retained earnings......................................... 21,713 21,713 Accumulated other comprehensive loss...................... (33) (33) -------- -------- Total stockholders' equity........................... 162,182 -------- -------- Total capitalization.............................. $188,182 $ ======== ========
- --------------- (1) Includes $813,089 of proceeds from option exercises by some of the selling stockholders. (2) As of May 13, 2002, our long-term debt, comprised of borrowings under our credit facility, was $46.9 million. A portion of the net proceeds of this offering will be used to repay all of our outstanding borrowings under our credit facility. 15 PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "MOVI." The prices shown below are the high and low closing prices for our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market for the calendar periods indicated.
HIGH LOW ------ ------ 2002: Second Quarter (through May 13, 2002)..................... $21.20 $15.49 First Quarter............................................. 17.17 10.07 2001: Fourth Quarter............................................ 18.93 14.07 Third Quarter............................................. 14.82 7.65 Second Quarter............................................ 8.04 3.02 First Quarter............................................. 3.26 1.36 2000: Fourth Quarter............................................ 1.67 1.33 Third Quarter............................................. 2.00 1.56 Second Quarter............................................ 1.97 1.44 First Quarter............................................. 1.95 1.28
On May 13, 2002, the last sale price of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market was $18.39 per share. As of May 13, 2002, we had approximately 5,500 stockholders, including 66 stockholders of record. DIVIDEND POLICY We do not expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future and plan to retain our earnings to finance operations, future growth and acquisitions. The payment of dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and must comply with applicable law. In addition, the terms of our credit facility prohibit us from paying dividends without the prior written consent of our bank lender. Any decisions to pay dividends in the future will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, capital requirements, future business prospects, the terms of any documents governing our indebtedness and other factors that our board of directors deem relevant. 16 SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA The table below sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial data. We prepared this information using our audited consolidated financial statements for each of the five fiscal years ended January 6, 2002. In addition to the information provided below, you should read our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data do not necessarily indicate the results to be expected in the future.
FISCAL YEAR ENDED(1) ---------------------------------------------------------------- JANUARY 4, JANUARY 3, JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, 1998 1999 2000 2000 2002 ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------ ---------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND STORE DATA) STATEMENTS OF INCOME DATA: Revenues: Rentals..................................... $220,787 $222,784 $235,452 $271,457 $313,852 Product sales............................... 39,569 44,849 41,493 47,479 55,279 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total revenues....................... 260,356 267,633 276,945 318,936 369,131 Cost of sales: Cost of rental revenues..................... 72,806 113,192(2) 69,716 81,958 91,445 Cost of product sales....................... 24,597 29,744 25,884 31,213 35,002 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Gross margin.................................. 162,953 124,697 181,345 205,765 242,684 Operating costs and expenses: Store operating expenses.................... 130,512 130,473 137,128 153,665 171,409 General and administrative.................. 17,006 17,996 21,403 24,945 29,288(3) Amortization of intangibles................. 7,206 7,068 8,452 7,465 6,656 Stock option compensation(4)................ -- -- -- -- 8,161 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Operating income (loss)....................... 8,229 (30,840) 14,362 19,690 27,170 Interest expense, net......................... (6,326) (5,325) (3,349) (3,779) (2,736) -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Income (loss) before income taxes, extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting change........................... 1,903 (36,165) 11,013 15,911 24,434 Income taxes.................................. 998 (13,089) 4,615 6,425 9,901 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Income (loss) before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting change...... 905 (23,076) 6,398 9,486 14,533 Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt........................................ -- -- (682) -- (177) Cumulative effect of accounting change........ -- -- (699) -- -- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Net income (loss)............................. $ 905 $(23,076) $ 5,017 $ 9,486 $ 14,356 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== Basic earnings (loss) per share: Income (loss) before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting change...... $ 0.03 $ (0.77) $ 0.21 $ 0.37 $ 0.56 Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt........................................ -- -- (0.02) -- -- Cumulative effect of accounting change........ -- -- (0.02) -- -- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Net income (loss) per share -- basic.......... $ 0.03 $ (0.77) $ 0.17 $ 0.37 $ 0.56 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== Diluted earnings (loss) per share: Income (loss) before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting change...... $ 0.03 $ (0.77) $ 0.21 $ 0.37 $ 0.53 Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt........................................ -- -- (0.02) -- -- Cumulative effect of accounting change........ -- -- (0.02) -- -- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Net income (loss) per share -- diluted........ $ 0.03 $ (0.77) $ 0.17 $ 0.37 $ 0.53 ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
17
FISCAL YEAR ENDED(1) ---------------------------------------------------------------- JANUARY 4, JANUARY 3, JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, 1998 1999 2000 2000 2002 ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------ ---------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND STORE DATA) Weighted average shares outstanding: Basic....................................... 30,195 30,123 29,509 25,801 25,837 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== Diluted..................................... 30,197 30,123 30,083 25,868 27,220 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD): Cash and cash equivalents..................... $ 4,459 $ 6,983 $ 6,970 $ 7,029 $ 16,349 Rental inventory, net......................... 92,183 44,998 52,357 61,773 88,424 Total assets.................................. 259,133 202,369 209,527 217,536 270,132 Long-term debt, less current maturities....... 63,479 46,212 44,377 40,600 26,000 Stockholders' equity.......................... 147,629 124,115 125,421 129,209 162,182 OTHER DATA: Number of stores at end of period............. 856 837 963 1,020 1,415(5) Average revenues per store(6)................. $ 303 $ 317 $ 313 $ 328 $ 342 Adjusted EBITDA(7)............................ $ 26,898 $ 37,378 $ 35,494 $ 39,744 $ 61,581 Increase in same store revenues(8)............ 1.1% 3.9% 0.4% 3.8% 2.7%
- --------------- (1) Results for fiscal 2001 reflect a 53-week year and include 17 days of operations for Video Update, which we acquired out of bankruptcy on December 21, 2001. All other fiscal years presented reflect 52-week years. (2) Effective July 6, 1998, we changed our method of amortizing rental inventory resulting in a non-cash, pre-tax charge of approximately $43.6 million. (3) Includes a $1.6 million nonrecurring charge related to the amendment of our supply agreement with Rentrak Corporation. (4) Represents the non-cash compensation expense associated with stock options that were repriced in March 2001 and are subsequently required to be accounted for as variable stock options (see note 6 to our consolidated financial statements). (5) Includes 324 stores acquired as a result of our acquisition of Video Update. (6) Calculated as total revenue divided by the weighted average number of stores open in each fiscal year. Results for fiscal 2001 include approximately $9,000 per store related to the extra week. (7) Adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, non-cash compensation and nonrecurring items (extraordinary loss and cumulative effect of accounting change in fiscal 1999; extraordinary loss and charge to amend our supply agreement with Rentrak Corporation in fiscal 2001), less purchases of rental inventory, exclusive of rental inventory purchases specifically for new store openings. Adjusted EBITDA is presented not as an alternative measure of operating results or cash flow from operations (as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States), but because it is a widely accepted financial indicator, in the home video specialty retail industry, of a company's ability to incur and service debt. Our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to reported EBITDA and/or Adjusted EBITDA of other companies due to lack of uniform definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. 18 Our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated is set forth below:
FISCAL YEAR ENDED(1) ---------------------------------------------------------------- JANUARY 4, JANUARY 3, JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, 1998 1999 2000 2000 2002 ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------ ---------- (IN THOUSANDS) Operating income (loss)............. $ 8,229 $(30,840) $ 14,362 $19,690 $ 27,170 Add back depreciation and amortization(a)................... 88,140 126,257 72,205 76,787 85,970 -------- -------- -------- ------- -------- 96,369 95,417 86,567 96,477 113,140 Add back non-cash and nonrecurring items(b).......................... -- -- -- -- 9,761 Subtract existing store new release replenishment(c).................. (69,471) (58,039) (51,073) (56,733) (61,320) -------- -------- -------- ------- -------- Adjusted EBITDA..................... $ 26,898 $ 37,378 $ 35,494 $39,744 $ 61,581 ======== ======== ======== ======= ========
- --------------- (a) For fiscal 1998, includes a $43.6 million charge resulting from a change in our method of amortizing rental inventory. (b) Reflects (i) the non-cash compensation expense associated with stock options that were repriced in March 2001 and are subsequently required to be accounted for as variable stock options and (ii) a $1.6 million charge for the amendment of a supply contract with Rentrak Corporation. (c) Represents the cost of replenishing new release rental videocassettes, DVDs and video games for existing stores, net of the write-off of the net book value of previously viewed rental inventory sold, that are included in investing activities on our statements of cash flows. This cost is in addition to the cost of rental inventory represented by revenue sharing expense included in our statements of income. (8) Same store revenues are calculated based on the aggregate revenues from stores we have operated for at least 13 months. 19 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, statements of income data and Adjusted EBITDA expressed as a percentage of total revenue. Results for the fiscal year ended January 6, 2002 reflect a 53-week year.
FISCAL YEAR ENDED -------------------------------------- JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, 2000 2000 2002 ---------- ------------ ---------- STATEMENTS OF INCOME DATA: Revenues: Rentals................................................... 85.0% 85.1% 85.0% Product sales............................................. 15.0 14.9 15.0 ------- ------- ------- Total revenues.................................... 100.0 100.0 100.0 Cost of sales: Cost of rental revenues................................... 25.2 25.7 24.8 Cost of product sales..................................... 9.3 9.8 9.5 ------- ------- ------- Gross margin................................................ 65.5 64.5 65.7 Operating costs and expenses: Store operating expenses.................................. 49.5 48.2 46.4 General and administrative................................ 7.7 7.8 7.9 Amortization of intangibles............................... 3.1 2.3 1.8 Stock option compensation................................. -- -- 2.2 ------- ------- ------- Operating income............................................ 5.2 6.2 7.4 Interest expense, net....................................... (1.2) (1.2) (0.8) ------- ------- ------- Income before income taxes, extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting change.................... 4.0 5.0 6.6 Income taxes................................................ 1.7 2.0 2.7 ------- ------- ------- Income before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting change......................................... 2.3 3.0 3.9 Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt.......... (0.2) -- -- Cumulative effect of accounting change...................... (0.3) -- -- ------- ------- ------- Net income.................................................. 1.8% 3.0% 3.9% ======= ======= ======= Adjusted EBITDA............................................. 12.8% 12.5% 16.7%
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 6, 2002 (A 53-WEEK YEAR) COMPARED TO THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2000 (A 52-WEEK YEAR) Revenue. For fiscal 2001, total revenues increased 15.7% to $369.1 million from $318.9 million in fiscal 2000. The increase for the year was due primarily to a 2.7% increase in same store revenues and an 11.5% increase in the average number of stores open during fiscal 2001 versus fiscal 2000. The increase in same store revenues was the result of: (i) significant increases in DVD rental revenue; (ii) an increase in the sales of previously viewed movies and previously played games; (iii) successful, chain-wide internal marketing programs designed to generate more consumer excitement and traffic in our base of stores; (iv) a favorable new release schedule in the last half of fiscal 2001; (v) an extra week of revenues (totaling approximately $10.0 million) in fiscal 2001; and (vi) additional revenues from the Video Update 20 acquisition (totaling approximately $4.9 million) in fiscal 2001. The revenue increase was partially offset by (i) soft game rentals through the third quarter of fiscal 2001 due to consumer anticipation of new game platforms being introduced late in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001; and (ii) a decline in new movie sales as a result of the liquidation of older sell-through titles in certain stores during fiscal 2000 and into the first quarter of fiscal 2001. Cost of Sales. The gross margin on rental revenue for fiscal 2001 was 70.9%, versus 69.8% in fiscal 2000. The cost of rental revenues includes both the amortization of rental inventory and revenue sharing expenses incurred. The improvement in the gross margin on rental revenue was a result of the 2.7% increase in same store revenues and the benefit of stronger margins on DVD rentals versus videocassette rentals due to the difference in purchasing models for these two formats. The increase was achieved inclusive of a $2.1 million reserve against previously viewed videocassette inventory in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001 (see note 1 to our consolidated financial statements). Cost of product sales includes the unamortized value of previously viewed rental inventory sold during the period, as well as the costs of new videocassettes and DVDs, confectionery items and other goods. The gross margin on product sales increased to 36.7% in fiscal 2001 from 34.3% in fiscal 2000. The increase in profitability of product sales reflects the impact of the continuing promotion and availability of previously viewed movies with only limited levels of new sell-through titles in inventory. The increase was offset partially by significant discounting associated with the continued liquidation of older sell-through titles and other slow moving inventory in certain stores early in the year. Operating Costs and Expenses. Store operating expenses, which include store-level expenses such as lease payments and in-store payroll, decreased to 46.4% of total revenue for fiscal 2001 from 48.2% in fiscal 2000. The decrease in store operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue was primarily due to: (i) the same store revenues increase of 2.7% in fiscal 2001; (ii) continued initiatives to reduce operating costs; (iii) strong performance of new stores; (iv) continued closure of under-performing units; and (v) the benefits of an extra week of revenues in fiscal 2001. General and administrative expenses, which included a nonrecurring charge of $1.6 million related to an amendment of our supply agreement with Rentrak Corporation in fiscal 2001 (see note 7 to our consolidated financial statements), represented 7.9% of total revenue in fiscal 2001. Excluding this nonrecurring charge, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 7.5% for fiscal 2001 from 7.8% in fiscal 2000. The decrease was primarily due to increased revenue levels, benefiting from an extra week of revenues in fiscal 2001, with only minimal increases to administrative staffing levels. Amortization of intangibles as a percentage of total revenue for fiscal 2001 was 1.8%, a decrease from 2.3% in fiscal 2000. This decrease was primarily due to the increase in revenue and the expiration of significant levels of five-year non-compete agreements throughout fiscal 2000 as well as lower impairment charges in fiscal 2001 versus fiscal 2000. Effective in fiscal 2002, amortization of intangibles will be significantly reduced due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 142. See the discussion under "Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements." Stock option compensation expense represents the non-cash charge associated with stock options that were repriced during the first quarter of fiscal 2001 and are subsequently accounted for as variable stock options under FASB Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions involving Stock Compensation, an interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25 (see note 6 to our consolidated financial statements). We expect to record adjustments to income from stock option compensation in future periods. As a result of the impact of the above factors on revenues and expenses, operating income increased by 38.0% in fiscal 2001 to $27.1 million. Excluding the nonrecurring charge to amend a supply contract and non-cash stock compensation expense, operating income increased by 87.6% in fiscal 2001 to $36.9 million. Pending the completion of final closing tax returns for Video Update, we had net operating loss carryforwards at January 6, 2002 resulting from the Video Update acquisition (see note 2 to our consolidated financial statements) of approximately $67.0 million for income taxes that expire in years 21 2007 through 2021. We have recorded a valuation allowance of $18.4 million related to our net deferred tax assets as we are uncertain as to whether sufficient taxable income will be generated to allow the net deferred tax assets to be realized. Extraordinary Loss. During the second quarter of fiscal 2001, we incurred an extraordinary loss on the early extinguishment of debt of $177,000 (net of taxes of $113,000), or less than $0.01 per diluted share. The extraordinary loss consisted of unamortized debt issue costs associated with our previous credit facility and unamortized amounts associated with the termination of an interest rate swap agreement (see note 4 to our consolidated financial statements). FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2000 COMPARED TO THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 2, 2000 Revenue. Total revenue increased 15.2% to $318.9 million for fiscal 2000 from $276.9 million for fiscal 1999. The increase was due primarily to an increase in same store revenues of 3.8%, as well as a 9.7% increase in the average number of stores open during fiscal 2000 versus fiscal 1999. The increase in same store revenues was primarily the result of: (i) increased product availability for the customer; (ii) a strong slate of new title releases versus the prior year, especially in the fourth quarter where box office revenues on the titles released were approximately 40% higher than the fourth quarter of 1999; (iii) successful, chain-wide internal marketing programs designed to generate more consumer excitement and traffic in our base of stores; (iv) an increase in the sale of previously viewed movies and previously played games; (v) the return of the Christmas and New Year's holidays to a weekday instead of a weekend day, as well as the absence of the "millennium effect" experienced in 1999; and (vi) increases in other ancillary sales. The revenue increase was partially offset by a decline in new movie sales as a result of fewer titles being released at sell-through price points and a de-emphasis on the sale of older sell-through titles in certain stores. Cost of Sales. The gross margin on rental revenue for fiscal 2000 was 69.8%, a slight decrease from 70.4% in fiscal 1999, primarily due to the significant concentration of product purchases in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000. The gross margin on product sales decreased to 34.3% in fiscal 2000 from 37.6% in fiscal 1999. The decrease in profitability of product sales was primarily the result of significant discounting in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000 for the holiday season and continued liquidation of older sell-through titles in certain stores. Gross Margins. As a result of slightly lower margins on both rental revenues and product sales, total gross margins declined from 65.5% in fiscal 1999 to 64.5% in fiscal 2000. Operating Costs and Expenses. Store operating expenses decreased to 48.2% of total revenue for fiscal 2000 from 49.5% for fiscal 1999. The decrease in store operating expenses as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to the same store revenues increase in fiscal 2000, as well as the centralization of certain functions at the general and administrative level, which have resulted in store level expense savings, and the continued focus on closure of underperforming stores. Amortization of intangibles decreased as a percentage of revenues to 2.3% in fiscal 2000 versus 3.1% in fiscal 1999. This decrease was primarily due to the increase in same store revenues in fiscal 2000 and a reduction in goodwill impairment write-offs during fiscal 2000 required by FASB Statement No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues was 7.8% for fiscal 2000 compared to 7.7% for fiscal 1999. Increases in general and administrative expenses due to increased staffing and travel costs associated with our new store development which began to intensify in the latter half of 1999, as well as incremental expenses from the operation of our e-commerce effort which was launched in September 1999, were offset by revenue increases in fiscal 2000. As a result of the impact of the above factors on revenues and expenses, operating income increased by 37.1% to $19.7 million in fiscal 2000 from $14.4 million in fiscal 1999. 22 For fiscal 2000 our effective income tax rate was 40.4%, as compared to a 41.9% effective rate for fiscal 1999. The decrease in the income tax rate in fiscal 2000 was primarily due to higher pre-tax income which leverages certain permanently non-deductible items, therefore reducing the effective tax rate. GENERAL ECONOMIC TRENDS, QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND SEASONALITY Our business is subject to fluctuations in operating results due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control. These fluctuations may be caused by, among other things: - the number, timing and performance of new or acquired stores; - public acceptance of, interest in, and availability of, newly released movies; - our mix of products rented and sold; - marketing programs and new release acquisition costs; - seasonality-compared to other months during the year, we experience peak revenues during the months of November, December and January due to the holidays in these months as well as inclement weather conditions. Additionally, revenues generally rise in the months of June, July and August when most schools are out of session, providing people with additional discretionary time to spend on entertainment; and - special events, such as the Olympics or ongoing major news events of significant public interest. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES Our primary capital needs are for opening and acquiring new stores and for purchasing inventory. Other capital needs include refurbishing, remodeling and relocating existing stores. We fund inventory purchases, remodeling and relocation programs, new store opening costs and acquisitions primarily from cash flow from operations and loans under revolving credit facilities. During fiscal 2001 we generated approximately $61.6 million in Adjusted EBITDA, a 54.9% increase over the prior year. For fiscal 2000, our Adjusted EBITDA increased to $39.7 million, a 12.0% increase over $35.5 million in fiscal 1999. These increases were primarily driven by the revenue increases during those periods while achieving economies of scale within our expense structure. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, non-cash compensation and nonrecurring items, less our purchases of rental inventory which excludes rental inventory purchases specifically for new store openings. Adjusted EBITDA is presented not as an alternative measure of operating results or cash flow from operations (as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States), but because, in the home video specialty retail industry, it is a widely accepted financial indicator of a company's ability to incur and service debt. Our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to reported EBITDA and/or Adjusted EBITDA of other companies due to the lack of uniform definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. We fund short-term working capital needs, including the purchase of rental inventory, primarily through cash flow from operations. Net cash provided by operating activities was $126.9 million, $99.2 million and $84.4 million for fiscal 2001, fiscal 2000 and fiscal 1999, respectively. Net cash provided by operating activities continues to be sufficient to cover our rental inventory replenishment, capital resource and debt service needs. On June 27, 2001, we entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of banks, led by SouthTrust Bank, with respect to a new revolving credit facility. This credit facility replaced a similar revolving credit facility with First Union National Bank of North Carolina, which was due to expire on January 7, 2002. Our new credit facility is unsecured and provides for borrowings of up to $65 million through July 6, 2002, $55 million through July 5, 2003 and $45 million until final maturity on July 4, 2004. The interest rate on our new credit facility is based on LIBOR plus an applicable margin percentage, which depends on cash flow generation and borrowings outstanding. In December 2001, as required by our new credit facility, we 23 entered into a new interest rate swap agreement with SouthTrust Bank in order to hedge exposure to interest rate fluctuations on $10 million of outstanding debt at a fixed rate of 3.5% plus an applicable margin percentage. We will use the proceeds of this offering to repay all outstanding borrowings under our credit facility. The amount available to us under our credit facility will be reduced by 25% of the net proceeds we receive from this offering. We grow our store base through internally developed and acquired stores. We opened 77 internally developed stores during fiscal 2001 and remain on target to open approximately 125 new stores in 2002. This follows a record of 110 internally developed stores during fiscal 2000. In addition to new store development, we acquired 355 stores during fiscal 2001, including 324 stores acquired in our recent acquisition of Video Update. To the extent available, new stores and future acquisitions may be completed using funds available under our new credit facility, financing provided by sellers, alternative financing arrangements such as funds raised in public or private debt or equity offerings or shares of our stock issued to sellers. However, we cannot assure you that financing will be available to us on terms which will be acceptable, if at all. Effective December 21, 2001, we acquired 100% of the newly issued common stock of the reorganized Video Update under its plan of reorganization which was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on December 20, 2001. Video Update had been operating under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code since its voluntary bankruptcy filing on September 18, 2000. The acquisition of the newly issued common stock of Video Update was in satisfaction of all amounts owed by Video Update under a $6.5 million debtor-in-possession financing agreement between Video Update and us. In addition, we purchased senior secured debt of Video Update in May 2001 for $8.5 million, funded amounts due to secured and unsecured creditors in accordance with confirmation of the plan of reorganization totaling approximately $6.3 million, and assumed other post-bankruptcy filing liabilities of Video Update totaling approximately $24.7 million. Video Update operates 324 video specialty stores in the United States and Canada, bringing our consolidated store count to over 1,460 stores in 41 states and five Canadian provinces (see note 2 to our consolidated financial statements). During the first quarter of fiscal 2000, we completed the $5.0 million stock repurchase plan announced and begun in fiscal 1998, and announced a second $5 million stock repurchase plan which was completed in May 2000. During fiscal 1999 and fiscal 2000, we repurchased and retired a total of 4.9 million shares for approximately $9.5 million, funded primarily through cash flow from operations. At January 6, 2002, we had a working capital deficit of $48.8 million, due to the accounting treatment of rental inventory. Rental inventory is treated as a noncurrent asset under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States because it is a depreciable asset and a portion of this asset is not reasonably expected to be completely realized in cash or sold in the normal business cycle. Although the rental of this inventory generates the major portion of our revenue, the classification of this asset as noncurrent results in its exclusion from working capital. The aggregate amount payable for this inventory, however, is reported as a current liability until paid and, accordingly, is included in working capital. Consequently, we believe that working capital is not an appropriate measure of our liquidity and we anticipate that we will continue to operate with a working capital deficit. The following table discloses our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of January 6, 2002 (see notes 4 and 7 to our consolidated financial statements):
PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD ------------------------------------------------------------ LESS THAN CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS TOTAL 1 YEAR 1-3 YEARS 4-5 YEARS AFTER 5 YEARS - ----------------------- -------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- (IN THOUSANDS) Credit facility -- outstanding(1).... $ 26,000 $ -- $ 26,000 $ -- $ -- Operating leases................ 177,143 6,839 122,625 30,240 17,439 Unconditional purchase obligations................... 18,838 4,000 12,000 2,838 -- -------- ------- -------- ------- ------- Total contractual cash obligations................... $221,981 $10,839 $160,625 $33,078 $17,439 ======== ======= ======== ======= =======
24 - --------------- (1) The total commercial commitment under our credit facility is $65 million, with expiration as follows: $10 million on July 6, 2002, $10 million on July 5, 2003 and $45 million on July 4, 2004. As of January 6, 2002, there were standby letters of credit outstanding under our credit facility of $537,000, of which $212,000 expires on June 27, 2002 and $325,000 expires on December 31, 2002. We believe our projected cash flow from operations, borrowing capacity under our credit facility, cash on hand and trade credit will provide the necessary capital to fund our current plan of operations, including our anticipated new store openings and acquisition program, through at least fiscal 2002. However, to fund a major acquisition, or to provide funds in the event that our need for funds is greater than expected, or if the financing sources identified above are not available to the extent anticipated or if we increase our growth plan, we may need to seek additional or alternative sources of financing. This financing may not be available on satisfactory terms. Failure to obtain financing to fund our expansion plans or for other purposes could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Our ability to fund our current plan of operations, our growth plans and our debt service requirements will depend upon our future performance, which is subject to general economic, financial, competitive and other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will continue to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future to service our debt, fund capital resource needs and cover the ongoing costs of operating our business. If we are unable to satisfy these requirements with cash flow from operations, we may be required to refinance all or a portion of our existing debt, to sell assets or to obtain additional financing. We cannot assure you that any such refinancing would be available or that any such sales of assets or additional financing could be obtained. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES Our significant accounting policies are described in note 1 to our consolidated financial statements. Our discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of the financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate the estimates that we have made. These estimates have been based upon historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different conditions or using different assumptions. We believe our most critical accounting policies include our policies with respect to rental inventory amortization, the recognition of extended viewing fee revenue, impairment of long-lived assets, purchase price allocation of acquired businesses and deferred income taxes. Rental inventory is amortized to an estimated salvage value over an estimated useful life of three years. Excess copies of rental inventory are sold as previously viewed product and the unamortized cost is charged to cost of sales. We amortize the cost of rental inventory using an accelerated method designed to approximate the rate of revenue recognition. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001, we established a reserve against rental inventory of $2.1 million to reduce the amortized cost of previously viewed videocassette inventory to the estimated net realizable value. We believe that our amortization rates, salvage values and useful lives are appropriate in our existing operating environment. The two largest chains in our industry tend to operate in more urban areas with higher levels of DVD penetration. As a result of the transition of consumer preferences from renting videocassettes to DVDs, these companies recently changed their estimates used to amortize rental inventory by reducing the residual values of the videocassette product and by accelerating the write-off period. We periodically evaluate the necessity of accelerating our amortization method based on consumer demand for our products and at some time in the future may make a change in our methods or estimates. Such a change could result in a significant one-time non-cash charge to our earnings, which could have a negative effect on our results of operations. 25 We recognize revenue from extended viewing fees that we charge our customers for keeping our rental products beyond the initial rental period on a cash basis when the extended viewing fees are collected from the customer. If we recognized extended viewing fee revenue on an accrual basis, results of operations would reflect increased income for extended viewing fee revenue offset by an accrual to reserve for uncollectible accounts. Please see the discussion under the heading "Business -- Legal Proceedings." We assess the fair value and recoverability of our long-lived assets, including goodwill, whenever events and circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable from estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. In doing so, we make assumptions and estimates regarding future cash flows and other factors to make our determination. The fair value of our long-lived assets and goodwill is dependent upon the forecasted performance of our business, changes in the video retail industry, the market valuation of our common stock and the overall economic environment. When we determine that the carrying value of our long-lived assets and goodwill may not be recoverable, we measure any impairment based upon the excess of the carrying value that exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets. As a result of this review, we recorded impairment losses of $1.0 million and $700,000 in fiscal 2000 and 2001, respectively. If we do not meet our operating forecasts or if the market value of our stock declines significantly, we may have to record additional impairment charges not previously recognized. We estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities of acquired businesses based on historical experience and available information at the acquisition date. We engage independent valuation specialists to assist when necessary. If information becomes available subsequent to the acquisition date that would materially impact the valuation of assets acquired or liabilities assumed in business combinations, we may be required to adjust the purchase price allocation. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance based upon historical losses, projected future taxable income and the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences. As a result of this review and the related Video Update acquisition, we have established a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets related to the estimated utilization of the net operating losses. RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS In June 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 141, Business Combinations, and Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Statement 141 requires that all business combinations be accounted for by the purchase method, and all intangible assets acquired in a business combination to be recognized as assets apart from goodwill if they meet certain contractual-legal criterion or separability criterion. The provisions of Statement 141 apply to all business combinations with an acquisition date subsequent to June 30, 2001. Under Statement 142, goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are no longer amortized but are reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Separable intangible assets that are not deemed to have an indefinite life will continue to be amortized over their useful lives. Statement 142 is effective for us as of January 7, 2002. We do not expect the adoption of Statement 142 to have any material impact on the classification of intangible assets. Application of the nonamortization provisions of Statement 142 will result in an increase in net income of approximately $3.5 million per year. We do not anticipate completion of the transitional impairment tests to result in any impairment charge. In October 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets and supersedes Statement 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of, and the accounting and reporting provisions of APB Opinion No. 30, Reporting the Results of Operations for Disposal of a Segment of a Business. Statement 144 is effective for us beginning January 7, 2002. We do not expect the adoption of Statement 144 to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations. 26 QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK The market risk inherent in our financial instruments represents the increased interest costs arising from adverse changes in interest rates, primarily LIBOR and prime bank rates. In order to manage this risk, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement that effectively fixes our interest rate exposure on $10 million of the amount outstanding under our credit facility at 3.5% plus an applicable margin percentage. Assuming a hypothetical 10% adverse change in the LIBOR interest rate and assuming debt levels outstanding as of January 6, 2002, we would incur an immaterial amount of additional annual interest expense on unhedged variable rate borrowings. These amounts are determined by considering the impact of the hypothetical change in interest rates on our cost of borrowing. The analysis does not consider the potential negative impact on overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment. We believe that our exposure to adverse interest rate changes and the impact on our total cost of borrowing capital has been largely mitigated by the interest rate swap agreement that is in place. We are exposed to foreign exchange risks associated with our Canadian operations acquired in fiscal 2001. Historically, the Canadian exchange rates have been stable and we believe the impact of fluctuations in the currency exchange rates will be immaterial to our financial position and results of operations. RECENT ANNOUNCEMENTS On May 10, 2002, we announced our financial results for the first quarter of 2002. Our revenues for the quarter, a 13-week period ended April 7, 2002, were $123.1 million, an increase of 34.5% from $91.6 million for the first quarter of 2001, a 13-week period ended April 1, 2001. Our net income for the first quarter of 2002 increased 145.7% to $9.9 million from $4.0 million in the first quarter last year, and net income per diluted share rose 118.8% to $0.35 from $0.16. The results for the 13-week period ended April 7, 2002 include the effect of our adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Our net income per diluted share for the 13-week period ended April 1, 2001 would have been $0.19 if Statement No. 142 had been adopted at the beginning of 2001. Our pro forma net income increased 83.1% to $10.0 million for the first quarter of 2002 from $5.5 million for the first quarter of 2001. Pro forma earnings per diluted share rose 66.7% to $0.35 from $0.21. Pro forma results for both periods exclude the income statement impact of non-cash compensation expense resulting from variable stock options. For 2001, pro forma results also exclude a nonrecurring charge related to the amendment of a supply contract. Pro forma net income per diluted share for the 13-week period ended April 1, 2001 would have been $0.24 if Statement No. 142 had been adopted at the beginning of 2001. Our Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, non-cash compensation and nonrecurring items, less purchases of rental inventory, exclusive of new store opening inventory) increased 23.7% to $19.8 million for the first quarter of 2002 from $16.0 million for the first quarter of 2001. Our consolidated financial statements for the first quarter of 2002 will be included in our quarterly report on Form 10-Q scheduled to be filed with the SEC on May 22, 2002. Our revenue growth for the quarter ended April 7, 2002 primarily reflects the expansion of our store base to 1,465 stores at the end of the first quarter from 1,031 at the end of the first quarter of 2001, as well as a 0.3% increase in same store revenues for the quarter. The increase in the number of stores is the result of the 324 Video Update stores that we purchased in December 2001 and the net total of 50 stores that we added during the April 7, 2002 fiscal quarter. The net total of 50 stores that we added consists of 39 stores that we acquired and 18 stores that we internally developed, less seven stores that we closed during the first quarter. Revenues for the quarter ended April 7, 2002 also increased due to an increase in DVD rental revenues; continued increases in sales of previously viewed movies; and, growth in the video game industry driving an increase in video game rental revenues. The revenue increases were slightly offset by dampened revenues in the Video Update stores as a result of point of sale system conversions and 27 associated training issues, as well as unfavorable weather during the first quarter of 2002 as compared to the first quarter of 2001. Gross margins for the rental business for the April 7, 2002 fiscal quarter increased to 72.7% from 68.7% in the comparable quarter of 2001 as a result of the increasing shift of movie rentals from videocassettes to DVD (which currently has a lower cost structure than videocassettes); reduced overall product commitments in the first quarter of 2002 due to a less than optimal home video release schedule; and the purchase price allocation of Video Update that produced lower than normal rental inventory amortization in the first quarter of fiscal 2002. The improvement in gross margins was partially offset by the initial investment in our game expansion program that is taking place in order to provide significant copy depth of all game platforms in our stores. Gross margins on product sales for the April 7, 2002 fiscal quarter increased to 32.4% from 17.4% in the comparable quarter of 2001. The significant increase was due to the decreased level of lower margin, new movies available for sale in the first quarter of 2002 coupled with deep discounts of certain new sales merchandise in the first quarter of 2001 to diminish levels of slow moving inventory. Operating expenses for the April 7, 2002 fiscal quarter increased to 48.6% of total revenues from 45.2% during the same quarter last year. Most of the increase in operating expense as a percentage of revenues was due to a higher cost structure associated with the recently acquired 324 Video Update stores. General and administrative expenses for the current fiscal quarter were 7.8% of total revenues compared to 9.1% for the comparable quarter in the prior year. However, excluding a $1.6 million nonrecurring charge incurred during the first quarter of 2001 as a result of the amendment of our supply agreement with Rentrak Corporation, general and administrative expenses for last year's first quarter would have been 7.3% of total revenues. The increase in general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenues is partially attributable to increases in travel, training and other expenses associated with the conversion of Video Update's point of sale systems and the transitioning of this large acquisition into our store base. As of April 7, 2002, we had cash and cash equivalents of $20.4 million, long-term debt of $37.5 million and stockholders' equity of $173.6 million. The following is a summary of some of the financial information to be included in the financial statements that will be included in our quarterly report on Form 10-Q that we expect to file with the SEC on May 22, 2002: SUMMARY OF CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED) (in thousands, except per share data)
THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED ----------------------------- APRIL 1, 2001 APRIL 7, 2002 ------------- ------------- Revenues.................................................... $91,571 $123,130 Operating income............................................ 7,413 16,869 Net income.................................................. $ 4,019 $ 9,874 Net income per share Basic..................................................... $ 0.16 $ 0.36 Diluted................................................... $ 0.16 $ 0.35
28 SUMMARY OF CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands)
JANUARY 6, 2002 APRIL 7, 2002 --------------- ------------- (UNAUDITED) Current assets.............................................. $ 31,914 $ 35,642 Total assets................................................ 270,132 291,123 Current liabilities......................................... 80,720 73,767 Long-term debt.............................................. 26,000 37,500 Total stockholders' equity.................................. 162,182 173,630
The foregoing results for the fiscal quarter ended April 7, 2002 have not been audited. In addition, the results of the fiscal quarter ended April 7, 2002 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. On May 1, 2002, we announced that we had signed definitive agreements to acquire, in two separate transactions, a total of 48 video specialty stores located in Arkansas, Oklahoma, Missouri, and Nebraska. One of these acquisitions closed on May 8, 2002 and the other acquisition is scheduled to close on or about the date of this prospectus, subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions. We also recently announced that we are revising our membership agreement to clarify our extended viewing fee policy and are changing our pricing structure on some of our product offerings. Beginning May 27, 2002, the extended viewing period for all product offerings will match the initial viewing period. As a result, when our customers keep a movie or game beyond the initial viewing period, they will automatically re-rent that item for the same price and for another period of the same duration. 29 BUSINESS OUR COMPANY We are the leading home video specialty retailer primarily focused on rural and secondary markets. We own and operate over 1,475 retail stores, located in 42 states and five Canadian provinces, that rent and sell videocassettes, DVDs and video games. Our target markets are small towns and suburban areas of cities with populations generally between 3,000 and 20,000 where our primary competitors are typically independently owned stores and small regional chains. Since our initial public offering in August 1994, we have grown from 97 stores to our present size through acquisitions and new store openings. We believe we are the lowest cost operator among the leading national home video specialty retail chains. We have developed and implemented a flexible and disciplined business strategy that centers on driving revenue growth, maximizing store level productivity and profitability and minimizing operating costs. By focusing primarily on rural and secondary markets, we are able to reduce our operating costs through lower rents, flexible leases, reduced labor costs and economies of scale while simultaneously offering an attractive product assortment. We compete directly with the two largest chains in our industry in approximately one-third of our store locations. As a result of our competitive strengths, our operating and growth strategies and our management team, we have achieved substantial growth over the past six fiscal years. From fiscal 1995, the first full year of operations following our initial public offering, to fiscal 2001, we have grown total revenues from $149.2 million to $369.1 million, a compound annual growth rate of 16.3%, and have grown Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, non-cash compensation and nonrecurring items, less purchases of rental inventory, exclusive of new store opening inventory) from $8.8 million to $61.6 million, a compound annual growth rate of 38.4%. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW HOME VIDEO INDUSTRY Size and Growth. According to Adams Media Research, the domestic home video specialty retail industry grew from an estimated $15.3 billion in revenue in 1996 to $20.6 billion in 2001, representing a 6.1% compound annual growth rate, exceeding the 2.5% growth rate of the consumer price index during the same period. Adams Media expects this industry to reach $31.2 billion in revenue by 2010, fueled primarily by DVD penetration. Currently, 90% of all television households own a VCR and approximately 23% own a DVD player. According to Adams Media, the number of households owning DVD players is expected to increase from approximately 24.8 million at the end of 2001 to approximately 90.4 million by 2010. Based on our experience, we believe that for a period of time after a household purchases a DVD player, there is a direct increase in both rentals and purchases. Trends. The home video specialty retail industry is highly fragmented and continues to experience consolidation, particularly in the rural and secondary markets in which we operate. According to the Video Software Dealers Association, there are over 27,000 domestic stores in our industry. Further, the three largest video store chains account for approximately 8,600 stores, or 32% of total domestic stores, with an estimated 49% of the total rental market share. The remaining 68% of total stores are comprised of independent operators, small chains and other rental outlets. We believe that the home video specialty retail industry will continue to consolidate into regional and national chains. Over the past several years, the combination of increased product offerings, economies of scale, access to capital and improved marketing efforts have solidified the positions of the largest retail chains versus independent operators and undercapitalized second-tier regional chains. Interdependence of Movie Studios and Home Video Specialty Retailers. Historically, new technologies, including the development of the VCR and, more recently, DVD, have led to the creation of additional distribution channels for movie studios beyond the traditional movie theater arena. Movie studios seek to maximize their revenue from distribution channels by releasing movies in sequential release 30 date "windows" to the various movie distribution channels. The order of distribution of movies is currently: (1) movie theaters; (2) hotels and airlines; (3) home video retailers; (4) pay-per-view; and (5) all other sources, including cable and syndicated television. Most movie studios release hit movie titles to the home video market from 30 days to 60 days prior to the pay-per-view release date. We believe that this window of release from the movie studios is indicative of the importance of the home video retail channel to the overall profitability of movie studios and other independent movie suppliers. We also believe that because the sequential release method has allowed movie studios to increase their overall revenues, movie studios will continue the practice of sequential release even as near-video-on-demand and, eventually, video-on-demand become more readily available to consumers. We expect that video-on-demand will most likely be released in the traditional pay-per-view window. According to Adams Media, home video is currently the largest single source of domestic revenue for the movie studios, accounting for approximately 56% of the $19.7 billion of studio revenue in 2001. Only a small percentage of the movies produced are profitable from the studios' portion of theatrical box office receipts. As a result, the movie studios depend on the revenues earned from the home video industry to produce substantial revenues from not only the hit movies, but the lower grossing non-hit and made-for-video movies. Product Pricing. The home video retail channel is comprised of both rentals and sales of videocassettes and DVDs. Movie studios attempt to maximize revenues primarily through three standard pricing strategies designed to influence the relative levels of movie rentals versus sales: - Rental Priced Movies. Under this pricing strategy, movie studios sell videocassettes to video specialty stores at relatively high prices, typically between $35 and $75 per copy. In certain circumstances, these prices can be reduced through volume discounts offered by the movie studios. These movies are promoted primarily as rental titles. DVDs are not generally sold under this pricing strategy. - Sell-Through Movies. Under this pricing strategy, movie studios sell videocassettes at relatively low prices, typically between $5 and $25 per copy. These movies are generally promoted both for rental and sale. DVDs are generally sold under sell-through pricing. - Revenue Sharing. Revenue sharing between retailers and movie studios was embraced by the industry in 1998. Under revenue sharing, retailers and movie studios share the risks associated with the rental performance of individual titles. The movie studios receive a fee, based on a predetermined percentage, typically not more than 50%, of the revenue generated from the rental of these titles. After a specified period of time, generally six months to a year, these titles are no longer subject to revenue sharing and are either purchased by the retailer from the movie studio for a nominal amount, returned to the studio or destroyed. Studios are using a revenue sharing structure with DVDs on a limited basis. We believe that revenue sharing agreements provide significant advantages to retailers, including: - substantial increases in both quantity and selection of newly-released video titles; - potential increases in revenues as a result of higher transaction volume; and - further interdependence of movie studios and video retailers. VIDEO GAME INDUSTRY According to industry reports, domestic sales of video game software approached $4.6 billion in 2001, an increase from approximately $4.1 billion in 2000. Domestic sales of video game hardware was estimated at $3.7 billion in 2001, versus $1.6 billion in 2000. These increases were primarily attributable to sales of Sony PlayStation 2 hardware and software, which was released in the fourth quarter of 2000. Increases in sales were also driven by the introduction of two new video game platforms in the fourth quarter of 2001: Microsoft's Xbox and Nintendo's GAMECUBE. 31 Growth in this industry is driven by increases in the installed base of video game hardware systems, the introduction of new hardware platforms and continued improvement in systems technology leading to the development of new game titles. At the end of 2001, the installed base of video game hardware systems in the United States has been estimated at approximately 29.5 million Sony PlayStation units, 16.5 million Nintendo 64 units, 8.2 million Sony PlayStation 2 units, 1.4 million Microsoft Xbox units and 1.2 million Nintendo GAMECUBE units. We expect the video game industry to continue to grow as a result of significant technological advancements made in the last few years. These advancements allow for more flexibility and creativity in software development, as well as the introduction of hardware with the potential to offer capabilities beyond gaming, such as DVD and compact disc play and backward compatibility of game software. COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS Primary Focus on Rural and Secondary Markets. We aim to locate newly built stores in small towns or suburban areas of cities with populations typically between 3,000 and 20,000, where we can be the market leader. We believe our focus on smaller markets allows us to achieve a higher return on invested capital than we would obtain in larger urban markets because of the reduced level of competition, lower operating costs and our expertise in operating in rural and secondary markets. We target markets within states that are either contiguous to states in which we already operate stores or states that have not yet reached full market penetration. We believe our rural and secondary market focus reduces competition from larger chains. Our principal competitors are single store and small chain operators with smaller advertising budgets than ours, limited inventory breadth and depth and less access to capital than we have. As a result, we believe we are the leader in the majority of our markets. We believe our market focus also delays competition arising from new technologies such as video-on-demand. We expect that the rural and secondary markets in which we operate are likely to be among the last markets to build the infrastructure necessary to support video-on-demand. The typical plant upgrades required to deliver video-on-demand are costly, and as a result, cable and digital subscriber line operators have pursued development in higher density areas where they can achieve better returns on invested capital. Low Cost Operator. We believe that we are a low cost operator in each of our markets. In 2001, our average initial investment to build new stores was approximately $136,000 per store. This investment included leasehold improvements, fixtures, signage and inventory (net of payables). We have developed a strategy to minimize operating expenses that includes: - negotiating favorable lease terms; - centralized purchasing; - reduced labor costs; - stringent expense controls; and - sophisticated information systems. Additionally, by concentrating our new store development in and around existing markets, we are able to achieve operating efficiencies, primarily consisting of cost savings relating to advertising, training and store supervision. Flexible and Disciplined Business Model. We have a flexible and disciplined business model designed to maximize our revenues and reduce our costs. The components of our business model include: - flexible store formats, which allow us to tailor the size, inventory and look of each store to fit its locale; our stores range in size from approximately 2,000 to 9,000 square feet, average approximately 4,600 square feet, and have inventories generally ranging from approximately 4,000 to 15,000 movies and 200 to 1,000 video games for rental; 32 - short lease terms that allow us to respond quickly to changing demographics, competition and other market conditions and to close "non-performing" stores promptly; our remaining lease terms currently average three years with approximately 300 leases considered for renewal each year; - inventory management; and - pricing management, including store specific pricing of promotional programs that are managed and modified based upon competitive factors, demographic issues and various operating considerations. Proven Acquisition Strategy. From 1994 to 1996, we grew from 97 stores to over 860 stores, primarily as a result of an aggressive acquisition strategy. Beginning in 1999, we reinitiated our disciplined and opportunistic acquisition strategy. From the beginning of fiscal 1999 through May 13, 2002, we acquired 548 stores in 29 separate transactions (including 324 stores acquired in our recent acquisition of Video Update). Acquired stores are rapidly integrated into our operations with minimal disruption. Typically, we are able to increase revenue and cash flow in our acquired stores due to our product purchasing practices and economies of scale. The average cost of converting an acquired store to the Movie Gallery format is minimal and consists primarily of expenditures related to new signage, implementing our point of sale system and minor remodeling. We believe there are opportunities to continue to improve results in some of our recently acquired locations. Proprietary Information Systems to Drive Revenue and Enhance Profitability. We compete with other home video specialty retailers to provide our customers with a broad selection of movies and video games for rental at the lowest price. To help us manage our inventory in the most profitable manner, we have developed proprietary management information systems and a point of sale system for our stores designed to enable us to optimize inventory levels, monitor customer purchase patterns and selection preferences, as well as provide comparative revenue and profitability data on a daily basis. We believe these capabilities enable us to efficiently aggregate and manage our existing and new rental inventory as well as reallocate rental inventory and adjust our merchandising selection to meet the specific product selection requirements of individual stores or markets. Focus on Customer Service. We view the personal interaction of our employees with our customers as an integral part of our organizational culture and point of differentiation from our competitors. We believe that our culture, together with our established training programs for our hourly employees, store managers and field management, results in a superior customer experience and higher visit frequency. As part of our customer service initiatives, we maintain a database of approximately 4.0 million customers that captures pertinent customer preferences and purchase history, and enables our store associates to provide our customers with useful product rental guidance and offer suggestive selling reminders. We believe providing prompt, friendly and knowledgeable service helps us ensure higher levels of customer satisfaction and customer loyalty. Experienced Management Team. Our executive management team has demonstrated an ability to grow our business profitably through both new store openings and acquisitions. We have a highly experienced executive management team with an average of 12 years in home video specialty retailing and an average of nine years with us in an industry that is only approximately 20 years old. We believe this continuity has allowed us to deliver a consistent offering for our customers and in turn generate high levels of customer loyalty. 33 GROWTH STRATEGY The key objective of our growth strategy is to increase market share in our existing and new markets. The key elements of our growth strategy are: Driving Same Store Revenues and Enhancing Operating Margins. We focus on continuous improvement of same store revenues and profit growth through: - capitalizing on the continued strong industry growth, driven by strong DVD and video game trends; - adopting merchandising and pricing initiatives; and - achieving targeted cost savings. Developing New Stores in Attractive Markets. We believe that the transferability of our standardized retailing format, which can be adapted easily for a variety of locations, and our record of successfully opening stores provide us with a strong foundation for rapid expansion through new store development. Although developed stores generally require approximately one year for revenues to reach the level of mature stores, they typically become profitable within the first six months of operations and produce positive returns on investment within 24 to 30 months. We believe there are more than 4,000 markets available for further potential development that fit our typical market profile. We currently expect to open at least 125 new stores in 2002 and, subject to market and industry conditions, to continue to open new stores on a similar pace over the next several years. Pursuing Opportunistic Acquisitions. We believe that growth through acquisitions is attractive because: - acquired stores provide an installed base of revenue and cash flow; - we are able to grow more rapidly thus providing increased benefits of scale; - conversion to our formats and systems provides us with operating efficiencies; and - entry into new markets is facilitated. In evaluating potential acquisition candidates, we consider a number of factors, including: - strategic fit and desirability of location; - price; - ability to improve productivity and profitability; and - assurances that the anticipated returns on investment approximate those generated by newly developed stores. We believe that there is significant opportunity for growth through acquisitions given the high degree of industry fragmentation and because we believe that we are currently the most active acquirer in a majority of our target markets. The following table is a historical summary showing store openings, acquisitions and store closings since January 1, 1996:
FISCAL YEAR ENDED ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- JANUARY 7 TO JANUARY 5, JANUARY 4, JANUARY 3, JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, MAY 13, 1997 1998 1999 2000 2000 2002 2002 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------ ---------- ------------ New store openings.......... 75 50 18 53 110 77 26 Stores acquired............. 174 2 4 131 16 355(1) 46 Stores closed............... 48 59 41 58 69 37 10 --- --- --- --- ----- ----- ----- Total stores at end of period.................... 863 856 837 963 1,020 1,415 1,477 === === === === ===== ===== =====
- --------------------- (1) Includes 324 stores acquired in our recent acquisition of Video Update described below. Recent Acquisition of Video Update. Effective December 21, 2001, we acquired 100% of the newly issued common stock of the reorganized Video Update under its plan of reorganization which was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on December 20, 2001. Video Update had been operating under 34 Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code since its voluntary bankruptcy filing on September 18, 2000. The acquisition of the newly issued common stock of Video Update was in satisfaction of all amounts owed by Video Update under a $6.5 million debtor-in-possession financing agreement between Video Update and us. In addition, we purchased senior secured debt of Video Update in May 2001 for $8.5 million, funded amounts due to secured and unsecured creditors in accordance with confirmation of the plan of reorganization totaling approximately $6.3 million, and assumed other post-bankruptcy filing liabilities of Video Update totaling approximately $24.7 million. Video Update operates 324 video specialty stores, of which 224 are in the United States and 100 are in Canada. PRODUCTS We offer a wide selection of movies and video games for rent and sale. Our goal is to stock each store with a product assortment tailored to that store. In fiscal 2001, our revenues by product category were as follows: - Movie rentals: 75% (videocassettes 65%; DVDs 10%); - Video game rentals: 9%; - Previously viewed product sales (videocassettes, DVDs and video games): 9%; - Concessions, accessories and other: 5%; and - New movie sales (videocassettes and DVDs): 2%. In each of fiscal 1999 and fiscal 2000, revenues from movie rentals represented 75% of our total revenue. Depending upon location, our stores offer from 4,000 to 15,000 movies and from 200 to 1,000 video games for use with most video game platforms. New release movies are displayed alphabetically and older titles are displayed alphabetically by category, such as "Action," "Comedy," "Drama" and "Children." In 2000 and 2001, we significantly increased our DVD inventory of both new and older releases. Because of the ease of use and durability of DVDs, it is anticipated that eventually DVDs will replace videocassettes. The acquisition costs of DVD hardware have reached levels competitive with the VCR and it is estimated that as of the end of 2001, 23% of domestic television households had DVD hardware. In the near term, we believe we will be able to continue to expand our DVD offerings at attractive pricing levels comparable to sell-through movies. For the fourth quarter of 2001, DVD rental revenue represented approximately 18% of our total movie rental revenue. In 2001, we significantly increased our video game inventory by expanding our selection of available titles for the 32-bit and 64-bit platforms. We also began purchasing video game inventory for the newly introduced 128-bit platforms, Sony's PlayStation 2, Microsoft's Xbox and Nintendo's GAMECUBE. We are monitoring the acceptance and performance of 128-bit platforms and intend to make future inventory investments accordingly. During 2001 we also increased our inventory of previously played video games for sale. In addition to video games, we offer basic video game hardware accessories in all our stores and we rent and sell video game hardware in a select base of stores. We review our store inventory on an ongoing basis for movies and games that have not rented for a period of time and offer these previously viewed products for sale. STORE OPERATIONS As of May 13, 2002, we operated a total of 1,477 retail stores located in 42 states and five Canadian provinces. We maintain a flexible store format, tailoring the size, inventory and look of each of our stores to local demographics. Our stores range from approximately 2,000 to 9,000 square feet, averaging 35 approximately 4,600 square feet, with inventories ranging from approximately 4,000 to 15,000 movies and 200 to 1,000 video games. Store interiors are designed to create a visually appealing, up-beat ambiance using bright lighting, vibrant graphics and carpet and coordinating signage. The inviting atmosphere is augmented by a background of television monitors displaying MGTV, a customized video program which plays movie previews and promotions of coming attractions, and by posters and stand-up displays promoting specific movie titles. Movies are arranged in attractive display boxes organized into categories by topic, except for new releases, which are assembled alphabetically in their own section for ease of selection by customers. Our stores are generally open seven days a week, from 10:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. on weekends and from 10:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. on weekdays. Each of our stores typically employs five to 14 hourly, part-time associates and one full-time store manager. Store Managers report to District Managers, who supervise the operations of 10 to 15 stores. The District Managers report to one of 14 Regional Managers, who report directly to one of two Zone Vice Presidents. The Zone Vice Presidents report directly to our Executive Vice President of Operations. We have increased the number of District Managers and Regional Managers over time as necessary to support our growth. The support center staff has regular meetings with the Regional Managers and District Managers to review operations. Compliance with our policies, procedures and regulations is monitored on a store-by-store basis through exception-based reporting systems and quarterly quality assurance audits performed by District Managers and members of our training department. The performance and accuracy of the quarterly District Manager audits is monitored by our quality assurance function. SITE SELECTION We continuously search for appropriate markets in which to develop new stores. In selecting sites for new stores, we use an evaluation process designed to enhance our return on investment by focusing on lease terms, demographics, population density, traffic volume, store-front visibility and presence, ease of access and economic development in the market area. We also review the location of competitive stores and customer activity at those stores. We develop both freestanding stores and stores located in strip centers anchored by major grocery or discount drug store chains. Lease terms are a critical element in our site selection process. In negotiating lease agreements and lease renewals, we attempt to obtain short lease terms and favorable options to extend terms. As a result, we have the flexibility necessary to react to changing demographics, competition and other market conditions. To date, we have not experienced difficulty in obtaining favorable leases or renewals at market rates in suitable locations. The current average remaining life of our leases is approximately three years with approximately 300 leases considered for renewal each year. We actively pursue relocation opportunities to adapt to changes in customer shopping patterns and retail market shifts. We regularly review the profitability and prospects of each of our stores and evaluate whether any underperforming stores should be closed or relocated to more desirable locations. The cost of closing a unit is minimal and usable inventory, signage, fixtures and equipment is transferred to existing or new locations. MARKETING AND ADVERTISING We use market development funds, cooperative allowances from our suppliers and movie studios, and internal funds to purchase radio, direct mail and newspaper advertising, in-store visual merchandising and in-store media. Through the use of market development funds, our trade name is promoted along with a video or game title. Creative copy is prepared by us in conjunction with the movie studios and is placed by our in-house media buyers in the appropriate medium. We also prepare a monthly consumer magazine, Video Buzz, and a customized video program, MGTV, both of which feature Movie Gallery programs, promotions and new releases. Along with these traditional forms of advertising, we have developed and implemented a customer loyalty program, Reel Players. The program is based on a point system that provides customers the opportunity to earn free rentals and other incentives. 36 From time to time we conduct trivia games designed to drive customer visits and to increase awareness of our website. For example, we recently entered into a promotional partnership with The Coca-Cola Company(R), the National Association for Stock Car Auto Racing, Inc. (NASCAR(R)) and the Richard Petty Driving Experience(TM) relating to a scratch-and-win/collect-and-win movie trivia game. To date, our expenditures for advertising in excess of the allowances from our suppliers and movie studios have been minimal. E-COMMERCE We have developed a consumer-oriented web site, www.moviegallery.com, that sells new and used movies and used video games. We have designed our web site to serve our customers and complement our store operations by providing movie news and reviews and information on upcoming new rental releases. Our e-commerce channel provides us with the opportunity to broaden our reach with minimal sales costs and to strengthen existing relationships with our customers. At the present time, we do not intend to invest significant capital in our e-commerce business. Our e-commerce business lost approximately $400,000 in fiscal 2001 and we anticipate that our e-commerce business will approach break even in fiscal 2002. STUDIO AND DISTRIBUTION RELATIONSHIPS We negotiate the majority of our movie purchases directly with movie studios through revenue sharing and other direct purchase arrangements. The movies are delivered directly to our stores by third-party distributors. These distributors function largely as fulfillment agents. We pay distributors a flat fulfillment fee for packing and shipping product directly to our stores. Because of our direct relationships with the studios, we believe that if one of our distributors were unable or unwilling to satisfy their commitment to us, a viable alternative, such as self-distribution, could be implemented without materially adversely impacting our business. Several companies acquired by us prior to 1997 had pre-existing long-term contracts with Rentrak Corporation under which product would be provided under pay-per-transaction revenue sharing arrangements. During late 1996, we consolidated existing contracts with Rentrak into one national agreement. Under this agreement, which expires in September 2006, we have a minimum gross annual purchase commitment in revenue sharing, handling fees, sell-through fees and end-of-term buyouts equal to less than 5% of our annual product requirements. We utilize Rentrak on a selective title-by-title basis and have exceeded the minimum purchase requirements in each year since 1996. We currently source our video game inventory from third-party distributors. INVENTORY MANAGEMENT AND DISTRIBUTION FACILITY Inventory Management. We are committed to offering as many copies and the widest variety of new releases as is necessary to be competitive within a market, while at the same time keeping our costs as low as possible. New videocassettes and DVDs offered for sale are primarily hit titles promoted by the studios for sell-through, as well as special interest and children's titles and seasonal titles related to particular holidays. Videocassettes, DVDs and video games utilized as initial inventory in our newly developed stores consist of excess copies of older titles and new release titles from existing stores, supplemented as necessary by purchases directly from suppliers. New release movie and game products are allocated to individual stores through a system that considers the revenue levels and customer demographic profiles of each store. Rental history on movie titles is captured for each store and used as a comparison point for future titles of a similar genre. Distribution Facility. Inventory for newly developed stores is assimilated at our processing and distribution facility located in Dothan, Alabama. Excess inventory in existing stores is gathered and supplemented as needed with purchases, and the inventory is then shipped to our new store ready for use. Our distribution facility is also used to ship store supplies, computer supplies and marketing materials to our stores, process returns to our suppliers and to stock balance inventory within our chain of stores. 37 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS Our stores utilize a proprietary point of sale system. Our point of sale system provides detailed information on store operations, including the rental history of titles and daily operations for each store, which is telecommunicated to our support center on a daily basis. Our point of sale system is installed in all developed stores prior to opening and in acquired stores shortly after the closing of an acquisition. Our point of sale system records all rental and sale information upon customer checkout using scanned bar code information and updates the information when the movies and video games are returned. Our point of sale system is linked to a management information system at our support center. Our point of sale system transmits store data nightly into the management information system where all data is processed. The management information system then generates reports that allow management to effectively monitor store operations and inventory, to review rental history by title and location and to assist in making purchasing decisions with respect to new releases. Our point of sale system enables us to perform our monthly physical inventory using bar code recognition, to process human resource information and to provide system-based training modules. We also maintain a financial reporting system, relating to the general ledger, human resources/payroll, revenue and accounts payable functions, capable of handling our current needs and anticipated growth. Additional proprietary systems which have been internally developed and implemented include a collections system, a processing/distribution center system and various other database systems and auditing systems. COMPETITION The home video specialty retail industry is highly competitive. We compete with other home video specialty stores, including stores operated by regional chains and the national chains, Blockbuster and Hollywood Entertainment. From time to time, the two larger national chains have discussed the implementation of a rural strategy that is focused more on the rural and secondary markets we predominantly serve. Pricing retail strategies for videocassettes, DVDs and video games are a major competitive factor in the home video specialty industry and we have significantly fewer financial and marketing resources, lower market share and less name recognition than the two larger national chains. We also compete with other businesses offering videocassettes, DVDs and video games such as mass merchants, supermarkets, pharmacies, convenience stores, bookstores, online stores, mail order operations and other retailers, as well as noncommercial sources, such as libraries. We believe the principal competitive factors in the home video specialty retail industry are store location and visibility, title, quality, availability and selection, rental period, customer service and pricing. In addition to competing with other home video specialty retailers, we compete with all forms of entertainment, such as movie theaters, network and cable television, direct broadcast satellite television, Internet-related activities, live theater, sporting events and family entertainment centers. We believe our most significant competition outside of the home video specialty retail industry is cable and satellite television. The expanded number of channels and programming offered by these providers could result in the rental of fewer videocassettes and DVDs by consumers. We also compete with pay-per-view in which cable or satellite subscribers pay a fee to view a movie. New and recently introduced technologies, such as video-on-demand and near-video-on-demand, enable cable companies and other telecommunication companies to broadcast a large assortment of movies to homes at scheduled intervals throughout the day. Although near-video-on-demand services previously offered a limited number of channels and movies at scheduled intervals, developing technologies are enabling providers to transmit substantially more movies directly to homes at more frequently scheduled and convenient intervals throughout the day. Pay-per-view purchases could significantly increase if near-video-on-demand services were to become more convenient, widely available and accepted. Currently, near-video-on-demand does not offer full interactivity or VCR functionality; however, further improvements in this and other technologies, including video-on-demand, could lead to the availability of a broad 38 selection of movies on demand at a price that is competitive with the price of movie rentals and with the functionality of videocassettes. Studios are also experimenting with limited play DVDs that would enable users to view a movie from a DVD any number of times within a certain time frame, such as one week, before automatically erasing its contents. These DVDs have not yet been fully developed or embraced by any movie studios. We believe movie studios have a significant interest in maintaining a viable movie rental business because the sale of movies to video retail stores and other home video outlets currently represents the studios' largest source of domestic revenue. In addition, we believe near-video-on-demand and video-on-demand do not represent a near-term threat to our business because: - the technology and infrastructure to compress and deliver video-on-demand in a convenient, scalable, cost-effective manner has not yet been developed; - piracy and other electronic security issues have not yet been adequately addressed; - studios have not yet determined how near-video-on-demand and video-on-demand can enhance revenues instead of merely cannibalizing highly lucrative videocassette and DVD rental and sale revenues; and - near-video-on-demand and video-on-demand do not allow for the impulse rental opportunities from browsing through lesser-known titles that video specialty stores offer. PROPERTIES Stores. All but five of our retail stores are leased. Our new store leases typically provide for an initial lease term of three to seven years, with at least one renewal option for an additional one to three years. The following table provides information regarding the number of stores we operated in each state or province as of May 13, 2002: UNITED STATES: Alabama................... 160 Florida................... 122 Georgia................... 99 Texas..................... 99 Virginia.................. 96 Ohio...................... 76 Tennessee................. 62 Missouri.................. 55 Indiana................... 48 S. Carolina............... 48 Maine..................... 47 N. Carolina............... 47 Mississippi............... 43 Minnesota................. 37 Kentucky.................. 34 Oklahoma.................. 33 Wisconsin................. 30 Illinois.................. 24 Arkansas.................. 21 Pennsylvania.............. 20 Massachusetts............. 19 Washington................ 19 Iowa...................... 17 Louisiana................. 17 New Hampshire............. 17 Kansas.................... 16 Connecticut............... 15 Michigan.................. 15 Nebraska.................. 9 New Mexico................ 5 New York.................. 5 Colorado.................. 4 South Dakota.............. 4 Alaska.................... 3 Arizona................... 3 W. Virginia............... 3 Vermont................... 2 Nevada.................... 1 New Jersey................ 1 Oregon.................... 1 Rhode Island.............. 1 Utah...................... 1 ----- Total United States..... 1,379 CANADA: British Columbia.......... 49 Alberta................... 44 Manitoba.................. 3 Ontario................... 1 Yukon..................... 1 ----- Total Canada............ 98 ----- TOTAL..................... 1,477 =====
39 Headquarters and Distribution Facility. Our corporate headquarters and distribution facility are located in an approximately 90,000 square foot building that we own in Dothan, Alabama. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY We own a number of U.S. and Canadian service mark registrations, including the marks MOVIE GALLERY and VIDEO UPDATE. EMPLOYEES As of May 14, 2002, we employed approximately 12,500 persons, referred to by us as "associates," including approximately 12,100 in retail stores and the remainder in our support center, field management staff and distribution facility. Of our retail associates, approximately 2,000 were full-time and 10,100 were part-time. None of our associates are represented by a labor union and we believe that our relations with our associates are good. Throughout the last year, we have developed internal hiring, training and retention programs designed to enhance consistent and thorough communication of our operating policies and procedures as well as increase the rate of internal promotions. We have an incentive and discretionary bonus program under which retail management associates receive quarterly bonuses when stores meet or exceed criteria established under the program. Additionally, we have periodic sales and marketing programs which provide our associates opportunities to earn incremental bonus compensation based on relative performance to pre-established goals and to actual performance of some of our associates. We believe our bonus programs reward excellence in management, gives associates an incentive to improve operations, and result in an overall reduction in the cost of operations. In addition, certain associates are eligible to receive bonuses, based on individual and overall company performance, and options to purchase shares of our common stock, generally exercisable at the fair market value on the date of grant, subject to service requirements. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS We are a defendant in one putative class action lawsuit in Alabama, Sable Denise Mack, et al. v. M.G.A., Inc., filed on December 8, 2000 in the Circuit Court of Tuscaloosa County, Alabama, and Laura F. Hicks, et al. v. M.G.A., Inc., filed on August 21, 2001 in the Circuit Court of Mobile County, Alabama; one putative class action lawsuit filed on August 17, 2001 in the 71st Judicial District Court, Harrison County, Texas, Shannon Thompson, et al. v. M.G.A., Inc.; and one putative class action lawsuit filed on December 3, 2001, in the Chancery Court of Fayette County, Tennessee, Michael McCullar, et al. v. Movie Gallery, Inc., et al. Each of these lawsuits alleges, on behalf of a nationwide class of all customers, that the extended viewing fees we charge our customers for keeping our rental products beyond the initial rental period are penalties in violation of common law and equitable theories. The dollar amount that plaintiffs seek in each of the foregoing four putative class action lawsuits is not set forth in the complaints. Similar class action lawsuits have been filed against the two largest chains in our industry. Without admitting any fault, one of these companies recently settled all of these class action lawsuits pending against it. According to the announced terms of the settlement, this company agreed to make certificates available to class members for rentals and cash discounts and to pay approximately $9.0 million of the plaintiffs' attorney's fees. Although the settlement of this case was approved by the trial court, an appeal of the approval filed by some of the class members is currently pending. We recently obtained a court order preliminarily approving a settlement agreement between us and the plaintiffs in the Tennessee case, by which we agreed to settle claims of all of the members of the nationwide class of customers. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, we are required to give class members certificates with values ranging from $9 to $16, redeemable between January 30, 2003 and June 30, 2003, for movie rentals, game rentals, and non-food purchases in our stores. We would also pay the plaintiffs' attorneys up to $850,000 in fees. A fairness hearing regarding this settlement has been scheduled for November 22, 2002. At this hearing, the court will consider any objections to the settlement 40 agreement brought by class members, their attorneys or other interested parties, and will determine whether to approve, reject or modify the terms of the settlement. If approved on the proposed terms, the settlement would likely release all claims made by all class members in all the pending class actions, other than members who choose not to participate in the settlement. We believe that our extended viewing fees do not violate any laws. As a result, in the event the settlement described above is not approved by the court we intend to continue to vigorously defend the lawsuits filed against us. In connection with the settlement, we filed a motion in the class action lawsuits in Alabama and Texas to require the plaintiffs to stop their actions in those lawsuits. The plaintiffs in the Alabama case have objected to our motion, and have filed their own motion seeking attorneys' fees. We intend to vigorously object to the Alabama plaintiffs' pursuit of any action in this case, including their claim for attorneys' fees. Although we believe that all of the foregoing claims against us are unwarranted and without merit, we cannot assure you as to the outcome of these proceedings, or that any settlement will receive final court approval. We do, however, expect to incur a one-time charge to our earnings of approximately $4.0 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2002, as a result of the settlement agreement described above, which amount includes $850,000 of plaintiffs' attorney's fees. In addition, we are involved in litigation in the ordinary course of our business, none of which, if decided adversely to us, individually or in the aggregate, would be material to our business or results of operations. 41 MANAGEMENT The following table sets forth the name, age and position held by each of our executive officers and directors, as of May 13, 2002: NAME AGE POSITION(S) HELD - ------------------------------- -- ---------------------------------------------------- Joe Thomas Malugen(1)(2)....... 50 Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer William B. Snow(1)(3)(4)....... 70 Vice Chairman of the Board J. Steven Roy.................. 41 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Jeffrey S. Stubbs.............. 39 Executive Vice President -- Operations S. Page Todd................... 40 Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel Keith A. Cousins............... 33 Senior Vice President -- Real Estate/Development Theodore L. Innes.............. 52 Senior Vice President -- Sales and Marketing Richard R. Langford............ 45 Senior Vice President -- Management Information Systems and Chief Information Officer Mark S. Loyd................... 46 Senior Vice President -- Purchasing and Product Management Kenneth C. Motzenbecker........ 48 Senior Vice President -- Support Operations H. Harrison Parrish(1)(2)...... 54 Senior Vice President and Director Sanford C. Sigoloff(3)(4)...... 71 Director Philip B. Smith(3)(4).......... 66 Director
- --------------- (1) Member of our Executive Committee. (2) Mr. Parrish resigned as President effective January 4, 2002, but will remain a director and an officer. Mr. Malugen was appointed President following Mr. Parrish's resignation. (3) Member of our Compensation Committee. (4) Member of our Audit Committee. Mr. Malugen co-founded Movie Gallery in 1985 and has been its Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since that time. Mr. Malugen was appointed President effective January 4, 2002. Prior to our initial public offering in August 1994, Mr. Malugen had been a practicing attorney in the States of Alabama and Missouri since 1978, but spent a majority of his time managing the operations of Movie Gallery beginning in early 1992. Mr. Malugen received a B.S. degree in Business Administration from the University of Missouri-Columbia, his J.D. from Cumberland School of Law, Samford University and his LL.M. (in Taxation) from New York University School of Law. Mr. Snow was elected Vice Chairman of the Board in July 1994, and he served as Chief Financial Officer from July 1994 until May 1996. Since May 1996, Mr. Snow has continued to serve as Vice Chairman of the Board and has served as a consultant to Movie Gallery. Mr. Snow was the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and a Director of Consolidated Stores Corporation, a publicly held specialty retailer, from 1985 until he retired in June 1994. Mr. Snow is a director of Homeland Stores, Inc., a publicly held company. Mr. Snow is a Certified Public Accountant, and he received his Masters in Business Administration from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and his Masters in Taxation from DePaul University. Mr. Roy was elected Senior Vice President -- Finance and Principal Accounting Officer in June 1995, was elected Chief Financial Officer in May 1996 and was elected Executive Vice President in March 1998. Mr. Roy was an accountant with the firm of Ernst & Young LLP for the 11 years prior to joining Movie Gallery. Mr. Roy is a Certified Public Accountant and received a B.S. degree in Business Administration from the University of Alabama. 42 Mr. Stubbs was elected Executive Vice President -- Operations in April 2001 after serving as Senior Vice President -- Operations since November 1997. He joined Movie Gallery in November 1995 and served as Regional Manager over Texas, Louisiana and Mississippi. Prior to joining Movie Gallery, Mr. Stubbs served as Vice President and General Manager of A.W.C. Corporation, a video specialty and restaurant retailer in East Texas, from 1987 to 1995. He has an additional eight years experience in grocery and convenience store management. Mr. Stubbs attended Texas A & M University and graduated from Southwest Texas State University, where he received a B.B.A. degree in Business Administration and Marketing. Mr. Todd was elected Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel in December 1994. For more than the previous five years, he had been an attorney practicing tax and corporate law in Dothan, Alabama. Mr. Todd received a B.S. degree in Business Administration from the University of Alabama, his J.D. from the University of Alabama School of Law and his LL.M. (in Taxation) from New York University School of Law. Mr. Cousins was elected Senior Vice President -- Real Estate/Development in March 1999. He joined Movie Gallery in August 1998 as Senior Director of Development, Planning and Analysis. Prior to joining Movie Gallery, Mr. Cousins acquired four years of management consulting experience with Computer Sciences Corporation as Program Control Manager; Management Consulting and Research, Inc. as Cost Analyst; and Tecolote Research, Inc. as Advanced Cost Estimator. He has an additional seven years of real estate and property management experience as Senior Director of Development for KinderCare Learning Centers, Inc. and Senior Accountant with Aronov Realty Management Co., Inc. Mr. Cousins received a B.S. degree in Business Administration from Auburn University at Montgomery. Mr. Innes joined Movie Gallery in May 1999 and was elected Senior Vice President -- Sales and Marketing in June 1999. From October 1997 until he joined Movie Gallery, Mr. Innes was a marketing consultant with Neighborhood Marketing Institute, a neighborhood marketing and consulting firm specializing in multi-unit restaurants and retailers, most recently serving as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. From November 1989 to September 1997, Mr. Innes was employed with Blockbuster, most recently serving as Vice President -- Marketing. Prior to joining Blockbuster, he was employed with Long John Silver's Seafood Shoppe for fifteen years, most recently serving as Controller of Retail Operations and Marketing. Mr. Innes is a Certified Public Accountant and a Certified Management Accountant and received a B.S. degree in Business Administration from the University of Kentucky. Mr. Langford joined Movie Gallery in August 1995 as Vice President and was elected Senior Vice President -- Management Information Systems in October 1996, and Chief Information Officer in April 2001. From August 1993 until he joined Movie Gallery, Mr. Langford served as a Manager for Payroll, Fixed Assets and Accounts Payable for Rocky Mountain Healthcare. From February 1990 to August 1993, he was Director of Support Operations for U. I. Video Stores, Inc. of Denver, Colorado. UIV was one of the largest Blockbuster franchisees in July 1993 when UIV was acquired by Blockbuster. Mr. Langford received a B.A. degree in Communications from Brigham Young University. Mr. Loyd joined Movie Gallery in August 1986 and has served as the retail store coordinator as well as Vice President -- Purchasing and Product Management. In October 1996, he was elected Senior Vice President -- Purchasing and Product Management. Mr. Loyd attended Southeast Missouri State University, where he majored in Business Administration. Mr. Motzenbecker was elected Senior Vice President -- Support Operations in June 2001. He joined Movie Gallery in November 1995, serving as Regional Manager over Florida and Georgia, subsequently moving to Dothan, Alabama to serve as Divisional Vice President in May 1996 and then Vice President -- Retail Coordinator in November 1997. Mr. Motzenbecker attended Catawba College, receiving a B.S. degree in Education. Mr. Parrish co-founded Movie Gallery in 1985 and has served as a Director since that time. Mr. Parrish served as President of Movie Gallery from 1985 until his resignation on January 4, 2002, at which time Mr. Parrish assumed the position of Senior Vice President. From December 1988 until 43 January 1992, Mr. Parrish was Vice President of Deltacom, Inc., a regional long distance telephone provider. Mr. Parrish received a B.A. degree in Business Administration from the University of Alabama. Mr. Sigoloff became a director of Movie Gallery in September 1994. Since 1989, Mr. Sigoloff has been Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Sigoloff & Associates, Inc., a management consulting company. In August 1989, LJ Hooker Corporation, a client of Sigoloff & Associates, Inc., appointed Mr. Sigoloff to act as its Chief Executive Officer during its reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. From March 1982 until 1988, Mr. Sigoloff was Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Wickes Companies, Inc., a large retailer. Mr. Sigoloff is a director of Kaufman and Broad Home Corporation, a publicly held company. In addition, Mr. Sigoloff is an adjunct full professor at the John E. Anderson Graduate School of Management at the University of California at Los Angeles. Mr. Smith became a director of Movie Gallery in September 1994. Mr. Smith is currently serving as Vice Chairman of the Board of Laird & Co., LLC and IQ Ventures, Inc., merchant banks. In addition, from 1991 until August 1998, Mr. Smith served as Vice Chairman of the Board of Spencer Trask Securities Incorporated, an investment banking firm. Mr. Smith is a founding General Partner of Lawrence Venture Associates, a venture capital limited partnership headquartered in New York City. From 1981 to 1984, he served as Executive Vice President and Group Executive of the worldwide corporations group at Irving Trust Company. Prior to joining Irving Trust Company, he was at Citibank for 15 years, where he founded Citicorp Venture Capital as President and Chief Executive Officer. Since 1988 he has also been the managing general partner of Private Equity Partnership, L.P. Mr. Smith is a director of several private companies. Mr. Smith graduated from Princeton University, BSE, and Harvard Graduate School of Business, MBA, and he has also served as an adjunct professor at Columbia Business School. EMPLOYMENT AND CONSULTING ARRANGEMENTS. Messrs. Malugen and Parrish have each entered into two-year employment agreements with us, effective August 1994, which are automatically renewed annually unless notice is delivered by either party six months prior to the end of the term. The agreements were amended in April 2000 to increase the base annual salary payable to Messrs. Malugen and Parrish. Under the terms of the agreements, as amended, Messrs. Malugen and Parrish currently receive an annual base salary of $420,632 and $400,000, respectively, subject to increase by our compensation committee, and each of them is eligible to receive a bonus in an amount to be determined annually by our board of directors. In the event of the death of either Mr. Malugen or Mr. Parrish, his legal representative will be entitled to receive compensation through the last day of the calendar month in which his death occurred, as well as a $50,000 payment. If either Mr. Malugen or Mr. Parrish becomes disabled such that he is unable to perform his duties under his employment agreement, he would be entitled to receive 100% of his salary for a 90-day period. In addition to salary and bonus, we are required to provide each of Messrs. Malugen and Parrish with a monthly car allowance of $2,180. Mr. Parrish's total annual compensation will be lowered to $90,000 as of May 13, 2002, to reflect his resignation as our President. Messrs. Roy, Stubbs and Todd have each entered into one-year employment agreements with us, effective November 1997, October 1999, and November 1997, respectively, which are automatically renewed annually unless notice is delivered by either party thirty days prior to the end of the term. Under the terms of the agreements, Messrs. Roy, Stubbs and Todd receive an annual base salary, subject to increase by our compensation committee, currently $306,600, $248,400, and $213,150, respectively, and are eligible for a bonus under our bonus plan. The agreements also provide for, among other things, an automobile allowance and other benefits applicable to executive personnel. We can terminate the employment agreements for cause at any time. In the event we choose to terminate the executive's employment for reasons other than for cause or for disability, or in the event of the executive's resignation from Movie Gallery upon constructive termination (i.e., removal of the executive from his elected position or material change in the functions, duties or responsibilities of the executive without his consent, in either event, other than for cause or voluntary termination, or material, non-voluntary reduction in base salary and eligibility for bonus amounts), the executive would be entitled to an amount equal to twelve months of 44 base salary. In the event of a change in control, as defined in the agreements, Messrs. Roy, Stubbs and Todd would each be entitled to receive an amount equal to eighteen months of base salary. DIRECTOR COMPENSATION Members of our board of directors who are not officers of our company receive an annual fee of $16,000 and receive fees of $1,000 for each board meeting and $500 for each committee meeting they attend. We have granted, at the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the grant, vested options to purchase 263,750 shares of common stock to each of Messrs. Sigoloff and Smith and vested options to purchase 342,500 shares of common stock to Mr. Snow. COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION Messrs. Sigoloff, Smith and Snow currently serve as members of the compensation committee. No interlocking relationship exists between our board of directors and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The following table sets forth the compensation for services in all capacities to us for the fiscal year ended January 6, 2002, December 31, 2000 and January 2, 2000, for our chief executive officer and our four highest paid executive officers whose total annual salary and bonus exceeded $100,000: SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
LONG-TERM COMPENSATION AWARDS ------------------- ANNUAL SHARES OF COMPENSATION COMMON STOCK ------------------- OTHER ANNUAL UNDERLYING NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION PERIOD ENDED SALARY BONUS COMPENSATION OPTIONS - --------------------------- ------------ -------- -------- ------------ ------------------- Joe Thomas Malugen.................. January 6, 2002 $400,632 $103,581 $32,986(1) $ -- Chairman, President and December 31, 2000 346,518 -- 26,160(2) -- Chief Executive Officer January 2, 2000 207,692 -- 26,160(2) -- H. Harrison Parrish................. January 6, 2002 400,000 103,581 28,563(3)(4) -- Senior Vice President December 31, 2000 346,154 -- 26,160(2) -- and Director January 2, 2000 207,692 -- 26,160(2) -- J. Steven Roy....................... January 6, 2002 292,000 72,956 8,160(2) -- Executive Vice December 31, 2000 269,115 38,539 8,160(2) 20,000(5) President and Chief January 2, 2000 182,067 62,572 8,160(2) 60,000(5) Financial Officer Jeffrey S. Stubbs................... January 6, 2002 207,231 46,424 6,000(2) -- Executive Vice December 31, 2000 168,846 29,173 6,000(2) 20,000(5) President -- January 2, 2000 98,192 20,729 6,000(2) 40,000(5) Operations S. Page Todd........................ January 6, 2002 203,000 34,435 8,000(2) -- Senior Vice President, December 31, 2000 186,846 28,689 8,053(2) 15,000(5) Secretary and General January 2, 2000 142,885 29,300 8,160(2) 30,000(5) Counsel
- --------------- (1) Includes $26,160 for an automobile allowance and $6,826 for personal use of our company plane. (2) Automobile allowance. (3) Includes $26,160 for an automobile allowance and $2,403 for personal use of our company plane. (4) Mr. Parrish's total annual compensation will be lowered to $90,000 as of May 13, 2002, to reflect his resignation effective January 4, 2002 as our president. (5) Includes options granted under our stock option plan, which become exercisable in four equal annual installments, commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant. 45 OPTION EXERCISES AND YEAR-END VALUE TABLE AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
NUMBER OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK UNDERLYING VALUE OF UNEXERCISED UNEXERCISED OPTIONS IN-THE-MONEY AT OPTIONS AT YEAR-END SHARES YEAR-END ($)(1) ACQUIRED ------------------- -------------------- ON VALUE EXERCISABLE/ EXERCISABLE/ NAME EXERCISE REALIZED UNEXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE - ---- -------- --------- ------------------- -------------------- J. Steven Roy..................... 105,000 1,497,287 423,750/112,500 3,980,051/1,468,938 Jeffrey S. Stubbs................. 88,817 1,295,046 64,970/93,713 848,894/1,226,340 S. Page Todd...................... 129,000 1,911,375 368,812/64,688 3,092,652/847,060
- --------------- (1) Market value of underlying securities at our fiscal year-end ($14.76), minus the exercise price of "in-the-money" options. STOCK OPTION GRANTS The following table sets forth with respect to each of our executive officers named in our summary compensation table, all of our current executive officers as a group, all of our current non-employee directors as a group, and all of our non-executive officers and employees as a group, the number of shares of common stock subject to options granted under our stock option plan as of May 13, 2002, and the average per-share exercise price of such options.
OPTIONS GRANTED ---------------------------------- NUMBER OF AVERAGE NAME OF INDIVIDUAL SHARES SUBJECT PER-SHARE OR IDENTITY OF GROUP TO OPTIONS EXERCISE PRICE(1) - -------------------- -------------- ----------------- Joe Thomas Malugen...................................... -- $ -- H. Harrison Parrish..................................... -- -- J. Steven Roy........................................... 556,250 4.95 Jeffrey S. Stubbs....................................... 188,683 3.72 S. Page Todd............................................ 448,500 6.07 Executive officer group (10 persons).................... 1,568,730 4.75 Non-employee director group (3 persons)................. 532,500 7.36 Non-executive officer and employee group (168 persons).............................................. 1,217,941 6.40
- --------------- (1) These amounts are based on a weighted average exercise price that is obtained by multiplying all options by their exercise price and then dividing by the total number of options for such category. The closing price of the common stock issuable upon the exercise of options under our stock option plan as of May 13, 2002 was $18.39 per share. 46 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS During fiscal 2001, we paid Air Conditioning Associates, Inc. $243,399 for services and materials relating to the repair and maintenance of our HVAC systems and other general repair and maintenance. Air Conditioning Associates is owned by the father-in-law and brother-in-law of Mr. Malugen. We paid Todd & Sons $126,977 for certain promotional items during fiscal 2001. Todd & Sons is owned by Mr. Todd's brother. As of January 6, 2002, we had advanced $125,000 to ECHO, LLC, a supply sales and distribution company. During fiscal 2001, we purchased $421,913 in office and store supplies from ECHO, LLC. We own a one-third interest in ECHO, LLC. We have entered into separate but identical indemnity agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnity agreements provide that we will indemnify each indemnitee to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law against payment of and liability for any and all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the indemnitee, including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, settlements and expenses of defense, payable by reason of the fact that the indemnitee is or was a director and/or officer of our company or is or was serving, at our request, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, provided it is determined that the indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. The indemnity agreements also provide that all costs and expenses incurred by the indemnitee in defending or investigating such claim shall be paid by us unless we, independent legal counsel or stockholders determine that: (i) the indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests; (ii) in the case of any criminal action or proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; or (iii) the indemnitee intentionally breached his duty to us or to our stockholders. We believe that the terms of all transactions described above are no less favorable than terms that could have been obtained from third parties. All transactions between us and our officers or directors are subject to approval by a majority of the disinterested members of our board of directors. 47 PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of May 13, 2002, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares in this offering, for each director, each of our executive officers named in our summary compensation table, all of our directors and executive officers as a group, each selling stockholder and each beneficial owner of more than five percent (5%) of our outstanding shares of common stock. Total shares beneficially owned before this offering is based on 27,634,991 shares outstanding as of May 13, 2002. Shares beneficially owned after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of May 13, 2002, plus the 3,900,000 shares we are offering by this prospectus and the 350,000 shares to be issued upon the exercise of options by some of the selling stockholders in this offering.
SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED PRIOR TO SHARES BENEFICIALLY OFFERING(1) NUMBER OF OWNED AFTER OFFERING(1) ---------------------- SHARES ----------------------- NAME AND ADDRESS(2)(3) NUMBER PERCENT OFFERED NUMBER PERCENT - ---------------------- ---------- ------- --------- ---------- -------- Joe Thomas Malugen........ 6,053,400(4) 21.9% 1,000,000 5,053,400(4) 15.8% H. Harrison Parrish....... 5,713,758(5) 20.7% 3,000,000 2,713,758(5) 8.5% J. Steven Roy............. 428,250(6) 1.5% 100,000(14) 328,250(6) 1.0 Jeffrey S. Stubbs......... 64,970(7) * 40,000(14) 24,970(7) * S. Page Todd.............. 371,752(8) 1.3% 80,000(14) 291,752(8) * William B. Snow........... 218,750(9) * 60,000(14) 158,750(9) * Sandford C. Sigoloff...... 263,750(10) * 60,000(14) 203,750(10) * Philip B. Smith........... 88,750(11) * 10,000(14) 78,750(11) * FMR Corp. ................ 1,926,075(12) 7.0% 0 1,926,075(12) 6.0% 82 Devonshire Street Boston, MA 02109 All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)................ 13,247,256(13) 45.6% 4,350,000 8,897,256(13) 27.0%
- --------------- * Less than 1%. (1) Pursuant to the regulations of the SEC, shares are deemed to be "beneficially owned" by a person if such person directly or indirectly has or shares the power to vote or dispose of such shares, whether or not such person has any pecuniary interest in such shares, or the right to acquire the power to vote or dispose of such shares within 60 days, including any right to acquire through the exercise of any option, warrant or right. (2) Unless otherwise noted, the address for all persons listed is c/o Movie Gallery, Inc. at 900 West Main Street, Dothan, Alabama 36301. (3) For a description of relationships between us and the selling stockholders, please refer back to the section entitled "Management." (4) Includes 206,167 shares which Mr. Malugen has contractually agreed to sell pursuant to a variable forward sale contract, and which are pledged as collateral under that agreement. (5) Includes 40 shares held as custodian for Mr. Parrish's daughter and 585 shares held by his spouse. Includes 412,333 shares which Mr. Parrish has contractually agreed to sell pursuant to a variable forward sale contract, and which are pledged as collateral under that agreement. (6) Includes 4,500 shares held in joint tenancy with Mr. Roy's wife and includes 423,750 shares prior to this offering and 323,750 shares after this offering that are not outstanding but are subject to currently exercisable stock options (including those that become exercisable within 60 days) and excludes 132,500 shares that are subject to options that are not exercisable within 60 days. 48 (7) Includes 64,970 shares prior to this offering and 24,970 shares after this offering that are not outstanding but are subject to currently exercisable stock options (including those that become exercisable within 60 days) and excludes 123,713 shares that are subject to options that are not exercisable within 60 days. (8) Includes 1,215 shares held in trust for Mr. Todd's daughter and 368,812 shares prior to this offering and 288,812 shares after this offering that are not outstanding but are subject to currently exercisable stock options (including those that become exercisable within 60 days) and excludes 79,688 shares that are subject to options that are not exercisable within 60 days. (9) Includes 218,750 shares prior to this offering and 158,750 shares after this offering that are not outstanding, but are subject to currently exercisable stock options. (10) Includes 230,000 shares prior to this offering and 170,000 shares after this offering that are not outstanding, but are subject to currently exercisable stock options. (11) Includes 83,750 shares prior to this offering and 73,750 shares after this offering that are not outstanding, but are subject to currently exercisable stock options. (12) This information is based upon a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2002. (13) Includes 1,433,908 shares that are not outstanding but are subject to currently exercisable options (including those that become exercisable within 60 days) and excludes 667,322 shares that are subject to options that are not exercisable within 60 days. (14) Represents shares that are not outstanding, but are subject to currently exercisable stock options. 49 DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK We are authorized to issue 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.10 par value, none of which are issued and outstanding, and 35,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value, 27,634,991 of which were issued and outstanding as of May 13, 2002. COMMON STOCK The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Because holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock represented at a meeting can elect all of our directors. Subject to any preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, holders of the our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive rights and no right to convert their common stock into any other securities. All outstanding shares of our common stock are, and all shares of our common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable. PREFERRED STOCK Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock, and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend or liquidation payments could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock. DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law. In general, the statute prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. For purposes of Section 203, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder, and an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior, did own, 15% or more of our voting stock. This provision may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust, New York, New York. 50 UNDERWRITING We and the selling stockholders intend to offer the shares through the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions described in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling stockholders, and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Thomas Weisel Partners LLC, Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc., BB&T Capital Markets and SWS Securities, Inc., we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and the underwriters severally have agreed to purchase from us and from the selling stockholders, the number of shares of common stock listed opposite their names below.
NUMBER UNDERWRITER OF SHARES - ----------- --------- Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc..................................... Thomas Weisel Partners LLC.................................. Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. .............................. BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, Inc. ..................................................... SWS Securities, Inc......................................... --------- Total............................................. 8,250,000 =========
The underwriters have agreed to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities. The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer's certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part. COMMISSIONS AND DISCOUNTS The underwriters have advised us that they propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $ per share to other dealers. After the public offering, the public offering price, concession and discount may be changed. The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.
PER SHARE WITHOUT OPTION WITH OPTION --------- -------------- ----------- Public offering price............................ $ $ $ Underwriting discount............................ $ $ $ Proceeds, before expenses, to Movie Gallery...... $ $ $ Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders................................... $ $ $
The expenses of the offering, excluding the underwriting discount and commissions and related fees, are estimated at $500,000 and are payable by us. 51 OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION Joe Thomas Malugen and H. Harrison Parrish, two of the selling stockholders, have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days from the date of the underwriting agreement to purchase a total of up to 1,237,500 additional shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option solely to cover any over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. To the extent the underwriters exercise this option in whole or in part, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter's initial commitment amount reflected in the above table. NO SALES OF SIMILAR SECURITIES We, the selling stockholders and our directors have agreed, with exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common stock for 90 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Thomas Weisel Partners LLC. Specifically, we and these other individuals have agreed not to directly or indirectly: - offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock; - sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock; - purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock; - grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock; - lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock; - request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock; or - enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise. This lockup provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Thomas Weisel Partners LLC may waive this lockup without public notice. This lockup provision does not limit our ability to grant options to purchase common stock under our stock option plans. QUOTATION ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET Our shares are quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "MOVI." PRICE STABILIZATION, SHORT POSITIONS Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit the underwriters and the selling stockholders from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock during and after this offering. If the underwriters over-allot or otherwise create a short position in our common stock in connection with the offering, i.e., if they sell more shares than are listed on the cover of this prospectus, the underwriters may reduce that short position by purchasing shares in the open market. The underwriters may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option described above. In addition, the underwriters may impose penalty bids, under which selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers participating in this offering are reclaimed if shares of our common stock previously distributed in this offering are repurchased in connection with stabilization transactions or otherwise. These transactions to stabilize or maintain the market price may cause the price of our common stock to be higher than it might be in the absence of such transactions. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of our common stock to the extent that it discourages resales. 52 Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that they will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice. PASSIVE MARKET MAKING In connection with this offering, the underwriters and the selling stockholders may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of common stock and extending through the completion of distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker's bid, that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded. OTHER RELATIONSHIPS Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us. They have received customary fees and commissions for these transactions. LEGAL MATTERS The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby has been passed upon for us by Troy & Gould Professional Corporation. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins, Los Angeles, California. EXPERTS The consolidated financial statements of Movie Gallery, Inc. at December 31, 2000 and January 6, 2002, and for each of the three years in the period ended January 6, 2002, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The consolidated financial statements of Video Update, Inc. and subsidiaries appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Singer Lewak Greenbaum & Goldstein, LLP, independent auditors, to the extent and for the periods indicated in their report appearing elsewhere herein, which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to Video Update Inc.'s ability to continue as a going concern and are included in reliance upon such report and upon the authority of such Firm as experts in accounting and auditing. WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION We file annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read this information at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of this information by mail at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at the same address. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public at the SEC's web site at http://www.sec.gov. 53 INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS MOVIE GALLERY, INC. Report of Independent Auditors.............................. F-2 Audited Financial Statements -- Fiscal years ended January 2, 2000, December 31, 2000 and January 6, 2002 Consolidated Balance Sheets................................. F-3 Consolidated Statements of Income........................... F-4 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity............. F-5 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows....................... F-6 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................. F-7 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants.......... F-20 Audited Financial Statements -- Fiscal years ended April 30, 2001 Consolidated Balance Sheet.................................. F-21 Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss...................................................... F-22 Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Deficit............. F-23 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows........................ F-24 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................. F-25 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information................... F-40 Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of Operations................................................ F-41 Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of Operations................................................ F-42
F-1 REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS Board of Directors and Stockholders Movie Gallery, Inc. We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Movie Gallery, Inc. as of December 31, 2000 and January 6, 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 6, 2002. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Movie Gallery, Inc. at December 31, 2000 and January 6, 2002, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 6, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, in fiscal 1999 the Company changed its method of accounting for the costs of start-up activities. /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP Birmingham, Alabama February 14, 2002 F-2 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, 2000 2002 ------------ ---------- (IN THOUSANDS) ASSETS Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 7,029 $ 16,349 Merchandise inventory..................................... 9,264 6,739 Prepaid expenses.......................................... 1,000 2,085 Store supplies and other.................................. 3,852 5,582 Deferred income taxes..................................... 502 1,159 -------- -------- Total current assets........................................ 21,647 31,914 Rental inventory, net....................................... 61,773 88,424 Property, furnishings and equipment, net.................... 53,124 71,739 Goodwill and other intangibles, net......................... 77,926 75,838 Deposits and other assets................................... 3,066 2,217 -------- -------- Total assets................................................ $217,536 $270,132 ======== ======== LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Current liabilities: Accounts payable.......................................... $ 31,111 $ 51,785 Accrued liabilities....................................... 11,631 28,935 -------- -------- Total current liabilities................................... 42,742 80,720 Long-term debt.............................................. 40,600 26,000 Other accrued liabilities................................... 253 606 Deferred income taxes....................................... 4,732 624 Stockholders' equity: Preferred stock, $.10 par value; 2,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding........................ -- -- Common stock, $.001 par value; 35,000 shares authorized, 25,056 and 27,215 shares issued and outstanding, respectively........................................... 25 27 Additional paid-in capital................................ 121,827 140,475 Retained earnings......................................... 7,357 21,713 Accumulated other comprehensive loss...................... -- (33) -------- -------- Total stockholders' equity.................................. 129,209 162,182 -------- -------- Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.................. $217,536 $270,132 ======== ========
See accompanying notes. F-3 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FISCAL YEAR ENDED -------------------------------------- JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, 2000 2000 2002 ---------- ------------ ---------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) Revenues: Rentals.................................................. $235,452 $271,457 $313,852 Product sales............................................ 41,493 47,479 55,279 -------- -------- -------- Total revenues................................... 276,945 318,936 369,131 Cost of sales: Cost of rental revenues.................................. 69,716 81,958 91,445 Cost of product sales.................................... 25,884 31,213 35,002 -------- -------- -------- Gross margin............................................... 181,345 205,765 242,684 Operating costs and expenses: Store operating expenses................................. 137,128 153,665 171,409 General and administrative............................... 21,403 24,945 29,288 Amortization of intangibles.............................. 8,452 7,465 6,656 Stock option compensation................................ -- -- 8,161 -------- -------- -------- Operating income........................................... 14,362 19,690 27,170 Interest expense, net...................................... (3,349) (3,779) (2,736) -------- -------- -------- Income before income taxes, extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting change................... 11,013 15,911 24,434 Income taxes............................................... 4,615 6,425 9,901 -------- -------- -------- Income before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting change........................................ 6,398 9,486 14,533 Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt......... (682) -- (177) Cumulative effect of accounting change..................... (699) -- -- -------- -------- -------- Net income................................................. $ 5,017 $ 9,486 $ 14,356 ======== ======== ======== Basic earnings per share: Income before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting change........................................ $ 0.21 $ 0.37 $ 0.56 Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt......... (0.02) -- -- Cumulative effect of accounting change..................... (0.02) -- -- -------- -------- -------- Net income per share -- basic.............................. $ 0.17 $ 0.37 $ 0.56 ======== ======== ======== Diluted earnings per share: Income before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting change........................................ $ 0.21 $ 0.37 $ 0.53 Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt......... (0.02) -- -- Cumulative effect of accounting change..................... (0.02) -- -- -------- -------- -------- Net income per share -- diluted............................ $ 0.17 $ 0.37 $ 0.53 ======== ======== ======== Weighted average shares outstanding: Basic.................................................... 29,509 25,801 25,837 Diluted.................................................. 30,083 25,868 27,220
See accompanying notes. F-4 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
ACCUMULATED ADDITIONAL RETAINED OTHER TOTAL COMMON PAID-IN EARNINGS COMPREHENSIVE STOCKHOLDERS' STOCK CAPITAL (DEFICIT) LOSS EQUITY ------ ---------- --------- ------------- ------------- (IN THOUSANDS) Balance at January 3, 1999............ $30 $131,231 $(7,146) $ -- $124,115 Net income.......................... -- -- 5,017 -- 5,017 Exercise of stock options for 28 shares........................... -- 48 -- -- 48 Tax benefit of stock options exercised........................ -- 7 -- -- 7 Repurchase and retirement of 1,752 shares........................... (2) (3,764) -- -- (3,766) --- -------- ------- ---- -------- Balance at January 2, 2000............ 28 127,522 (2,129) -- 125,421 Net income.......................... -- -- 9,486 -- 9,486 Repurchase and retirement of 3,180 shares........................... (3) (5,695) -- -- (5,698) --- -------- ------- ---- -------- Balance at December 31, 2000.......... 25 121,827 7,357 -- 129,209 Comprehensive Income: Net income.......................... 14,356 -- 14,356 Foreign currency translation........ -- (33) (33) ------- ---- -------- Total comprehensive income.................... 14,356 (33) 14,323 Exercise of stock options for 2,129 shares........................... 2 5,214 -- -- 5,216 Tax benefit of stock options exercised........................ -- 5,273 -- -- 5,273 Stock option compensation........... -- 8,161 -- -- 8,161 --- -------- ------- ---- -------- Balance at January 6, 2002............ $27 $140,475 $21,713 $(33) $162,182 === ======== ======= ==== ========
See accompanying notes. F-5 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FISCAL YEAR ENDED -------------------------------------- JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, 2000 2000 2002 ---------- ------------ ---------- (IN THOUSANDS) OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income................................................ $ 5,017 $ 9,486 $ 14,356 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt...... 682 -- 177 Cumulative effect of accounting change.................. 699 -- -- Amortization of rental inventory........................ 50,514 54,460 63,638 Depreciation and intangibles amortization............... 21,691 22,327 22,332 Stock option compensation............................... -- -- 8,161 Tax benefit of stock options exercised.................. 7 -- 5,273 Deferred income taxes................................... 2,737 4,671 3,816 Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Merchandise inventory................................ (2,788) 5,884 3,436 Other current assets................................. 348 (643) (2,731) Deposits and other assets............................ (1,104) (518) 471 Accounts payable..................................... 2,847 4,868 5,488 Accrued liabilities.................................. 3,740 (1,356) 2,484 -------- -------- --------- Net cash provided by operating activities................. 84,390 99,179 126,901 INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Business acquisitions..................................... (11,839) (3,085) (20,047) Purchases of rental inventory, net........................ (54,259) (63,211) (66,775) Purchases of property, furnishings and equipment.......... (12,573) (23,086) (21,342) -------- -------- --------- Net cash used in investing activities..................... (78,671) (89,382) (108,164) FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Net proceeds from issuance of common stock................ 48 -- -- Purchases and retirement of common stock.................. (3,766) (5,698) -- Proceeds from exercise of stock options................... -- -- 5,216 Principal payments on long-term debt...................... (2,014) (4,040) (14,600) -------- -------- --------- Net cash used in financing activities..................... (5,732) (9,738) (9,384) Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents............................................. -- -- (33) -------- -------- --------- Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.......... (13) 59 9,320 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of fiscal year..... 6,983 6,970 7,029 -------- -------- --------- Cash and cash equivalents at end of fiscal year........... $ 6,970 $ 7,029 $ 16,349 ======== ======== ========= SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Cash paid during the period for interest.................. $ 3,076 $ 3,817 $ 3,434 Cash paid during the period for income taxes.............. 2,705 1,688 1,461
See accompanying notes. F-6 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JANUARY 2, 2000, DECEMBER 31, 2000 AND JANUARY 6, 2002 1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES The accompanying financial statements present the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Movie Gallery, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company"). All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The Company owns and operates video specialty stores located in 41 states and five Canadian provinces. FISCAL YEAR The Company's fiscal year ends on the first Sunday following December 30, which periodically results in a fiscal year of 53 weeks. Results for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2000 ("Fiscal 1999") and December 31, 2000 ("Fiscal 2000") reflect 52-week years. Results for the fiscal year ended January 6, 2002 ("Fiscal 2001") reflect a 53-week year. The Company's fiscal year includes revenues and certain operating expenses, such as salaries, wages and other miscellaneous expenses, on a daily basis. All other expenses, primarily depreciation, amortization, rent and utilities, are calculated and recorded monthly, with twelve months included in each fiscal year. CASH EQUIVALENTS The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. MERCHANDISE INVENTORY Merchandise inventory consists primarily of new videocassette tapes ("VHS"), DVD, video games, video accessories and concessions and is stated at the lower of cost, on a first-in first-out basis, or market. IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS The Company periodically assesses the impairment of long-lived assets, including allocated goodwill, to be held for use in operations based on expectations of future undiscounted cash flows from the related operations, and when circumstances dictate, adjusts the enterprise level assets to the extent carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets. These factors, along with management's plans with respect to the operations, are considered in assessing the recoverability of goodwill, other purchased intangibles, rental inventory and property and equipment. Amortization of intangibles for Fiscal 1999, 2000 and 2001 includes an impairment loss of $1,600,000, $1,000,000 and $700,000, respectively, to write-off the net book value of goodwill in excess of its estimated fair market value. RENTAL INVENTORY Rental inventory is stated at cost and amortized over its economic useful life. Under the Company's policy, the cost of base stock movie inventory, consisting of two copies per title for each store, is amortized on an accelerated basis to a net book value of $8 over six months and to a $4 salvage value over the next thirty months. The cost of non-base stock movie inventory, consisting of the third and succeeding copies of each title per store, is amortized on an accelerated basis over six months to a net book value of $4 which is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the next 30 months or until the movie is sold, at which time the unamortized book value is charged to cost of sales. Video games are amortized on a straight-line basis to a $10 salvage value over eighteen months or until the game is sold, at which time the unamortized book value is charged to cost of sales. F-7 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2001, the Company established a $2.1 million reserve against rental inventory to reduce the amortized cost of previously viewed VHS inventory to its estimated net realizable value. This reserve represents the continuing consumer transition to DVD from VHS and the resulting impact on the sale prices of previously viewed VHS product. Rental inventory consists of the following (in thousands):
DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, 2000 2002 ------------ ---------- Rental inventory............................................ $145,557 $174,647 Accumulated amortization.................................... (83,784) (86,223) -------- -------- $ 61,773 $ 88,424 ======== ========
PROPERTY, FURNISHINGS AND EQUIPMENT Property, furnishings and equipment are stated at cost and include costs incurred in the construction of new stores. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated lives of the related assets, generally five to seven years. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES Goodwill is being amortized on a straight-line basis over twenty years. Other intangibles consist primarily of non-compete agreements and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lives of the respective agreements which generally range from five to ten years. Accumulated amortization of goodwill and other intangibles at December 31, 2000 and January 6, 2002 was $35,830,000 and $41,314,000, respectively. INCOME TAXES The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Under Statement 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured at the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. REVENUE RECOGNITION Rental revenue is recognized when the movie or video game is rented by the customer. Extended viewing fees on rentals are recognized when received from the customer. Product sales revenue is recognized at the time of sale. ADVERTISING COSTS Advertising costs, exclusive of cooperative reimbursements from vendors, are expensed when incurred. Advertising expense for Fiscal 1999, 2000 and 2001 totaled $728,000, $1,563,000 and $2,219,000, respectively. STORE OPENING AND START-UP COSTS Store opening costs, which consist primarily of payroll and advertising, are expensed as incurred. In April 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position ("SOP") 98-5, Reporting the Costs of Start-up Activities, which requires that certain costs related to F-8 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) start-up activities be expensed as incurred. Prior to January 4, 1999, the Company capitalized certain costs incurred in connection with site selection for new video specialty store locations. The Company adopted the provisions of SOP 98-5 in its financial statements for the first quarter of Fiscal 1999. The effect of the adoption of SOP 98-5 was to record a charge for the cumulative effect of an accounting change of $699,000 (net of income taxes of $368,000), or $0.02 per share, to expense the unamortized costs that had been capitalized prior to January 4, 1999. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS At December 31, 2000 and January 6, 2002, the carrying value of financial instruments such as cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable and long-term debt approximated their fair values, calculated using discounted cash flow analysis at the Company's incremental borrowing rate. FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION The Company's foreign subsidiary records transactions using the local currency as the functional currency. In accordance with FASB Statement No. 52, Foreign Currency Translation, the assets and liabilities of the foreign subsidiary are translated into U.S. dollars using either the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates or historical exchange rates, depending upon the account translated. Income and expenses are translated at average weekly exchange rates each fiscal period. The translation adjustments that result from translating the balance sheets at different rates than the income statements are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, which is a separate component of consolidated stockholders' equity. HEDGING ACTIVITIES The Company adopted FASB Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended by Statements No. 137 and 138, in its fiscal year beginning January 1, 2001. Statement 133 requires the Company to recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges must be adjusted to fair value through earnings. If the derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives will either be offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments through earnings or recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of a derivative's change in fair value will be immediately recognized in earnings (see Note 4 -- Long-Term Debt). USE OF ESTIMATES The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The most significant estimates and assumptions relate to the amortization methods and useful lives of rental inventory, goodwill and other intangibles, rental inventory reserves and the allocation of the purchase price of acquired businesses. These estimates and assumptions could change and actual results could differ from these estimates. RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS In June 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 141, Business Combinations, and Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Statement 141 requires that all business combinations be accounted for by the purchase method, and requires all intangible assets acquired in a business combination to be recognized as assets apart from goodwill if they meet certain contractual-legal criterion or separability criterion. The provisions of Statement 141 apply to all business combinations with an acquisition date subsequent to June 30, 2001. Under Statement 142, goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are no F-9 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) longer amortized but are reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Separable intangible assets that are not deemed to have an indefinite life will continue to be amortized over their useful lives. Statement 142 is effective for the Company as of January 7, 2002. The adoption of Statement 142 is not expected to have any material impact on the classification of intangible assets. Application of the nonamortization provisions of Statement 142 will result in an increase in net income of approximately $3.5 million per year. The Company does not anticipate completion of the transitional impairment tests to result in any impairment charge. In October 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets and supersedes Statement 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of, and the accounting and reporting provisions of APB Opinion No. 30, Reporting the Results of Operations for the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business. Statement 144 is effective for the Company beginning January 7, 2002 and is not expected to have an impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS The Company has a 401(k) savings plan available to all active employees who are over 21 years of age and have completed one year of service. The Company makes discretionary and matching contributions based on employee compensation. The matching contribution for Fiscal 1999, 2000 and 2001 was immaterial to the Company's operating results. 2. ACQUISITIONS Effective December 21, 2001, the Company acquired 100% of the newly issued common stock of the reorganized Video Update, Inc. ("Video Update") under its plan of reorganization which was confirmed by the United States Bankruptcy Court on December 20, 2001. Video Update had been operating under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code since its voluntary filing on September 18, 2000. The acquisition of the newly issued common stock of Video Update was in satisfaction of all amounts owed by Video Update under a $6.5 million debtor-in-possession financing agreement between Video Update and the Company. In addition, the Company purchased certain senior secured debt of Video Update in May 2001 for $8.5 million, funded amounts due to secured and unsecured creditors in accordance with confirmation of the plan totaling approximately $6.3 million, and assumed other post-bankruptcy filing liabilities of Video Update as disclosed in the following table. Video Update operates over 320 video specialty stores in the United States and Canada. The Company's acquisition of Video Update was made as a strategic expansion of the Company's geographic markets in accordance with the Company's growth plan. The following table summarizes the preliminary estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition. Due to the acquisition occurring near the end of the Company's fiscal year, the closing of the final books and records of Video Update has not been completed. F-10 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) Final determination of the purchase price allocation will be made as soon as practicable upon completion of the final closing and adjustments to the purchase price allocation, if any, will be recorded at that time. VIDEO UPDATE, INC. CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET AS OF DECEMBER 21, 2001 (IN THOUSANDS) Current assets.............................................. $ 3,017 Rental inventory, net....................................... 21,801 Property, furnishings and equipment, net.................... 12,596 Deferred income taxes....................................... 8,468 ------- Total assets acquired....................................... 45,882 Accruals for settlement of liabilities subject to compromise................................................ 6,253 Current liabilities and accrued expenses.................... 24,669 Notes payable to parent..................................... 8,460 ------- Total liabilities assumed................................... 39,382 ------- Net investment in common stock.............................. $ 6,500 =======
The purchase price allocation for Video Update includes accrued expenses of approximately $1.3 million to terminate the operations of the Video Update corporate office and to transition those functions to the Company's corporate offices. The accrual consists primarily of payroll costs, rent and utilities during the transition period. The accrual is subject to change if the transition period extends beyond that originally anticipated. Adjustments to the accrual, if any, will be reported as an adjustment to the purchase price allocation. The results of operations of Video Update have been included in the Company's consolidated statement of income since December 21, 2001. The following unaudited pro forma information presents the consolidated results of operations of the Company as though the acquisition of Video Update had occurred as of the beginning of Fiscal 2000. The pro forma information is not indicative of the results of operations that actually would have been obtained if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of Fiscal 2000. Additionally, the pro forma information is not intended to be a projection of future results.
FISCAL YEAR ENDED ------------------------- DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, 2000 2002 ------------ ---------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) Revenue..................................................... $426,426 $466,557 Income before extraordinary item............................ 13,844 14,535 Net income.................................................. 13,844 14,358 Income per share before extraordinary item: Basic..................................................... 0.54 0.56 Diluted................................................... 0.54 0.53 Net income per share: Basic..................................................... 0.54 0.56 Diluted................................................... 0.54 0.53
F-11 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) In addition to the Video Update acquisition, the Company purchased 31 stores in five separate transactions for approximately $6.6 million during Fiscal 2001 and recorded approximately $3.5 million of goodwill related to these transactions. 3. PROPERTY, FURNISHINGS AND EQUIPMENT Property, furnishings and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):
DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, 2000 2002 ------------ ---------- Land and buildings.......................................... $ 4,006 $ 6,735 Furniture and fixtures...................................... 37,291 45,395 Equipment................................................... 33,616 44,364 Leasehold improvements and signs............................ 36,860 48,342 -------- -------- 111,773 144,836 Accumulated depreciation.................................... (58,649) (73,097) -------- -------- $ 53,124 $ 71,739 ======== ========
4. LONG-TERM DEBT On June 27, 2001, the Company entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of banks, led by SouthTrust Bank, with respect to a new revolving credit facility (the "Facility"). This Facility replaces a similar revolving credit facility with First Union National Bank of North Carolina (the "First Union Facility") which was due to expire on January 7, 2002. The new Facility is unsecured and provides for borrowings of up to $65 million through July 6, 2002, $55 million through July 5, 2003 and $45 million until final maturity on July 4, 2004. The interest rate on the Facility is based on LIBOR plus an applicable margin percentage, which depends on the Company's cash flow generation and borrowings outstanding. At January 6, 2002, $26 million was outstanding, approximately $38.5 million was available for borrowing and the effective interest rate was approximately 4.5%. The terms of the new Facility required the Company to enter into a new interest rate swap agreement. In December 2001, the Company entered into an interest rate swap with SouthTrust Bank in order to hedge exposure to interest rate fluctuations. The Company's interest rate swap pays a 3.5% fixed rate of interest plus an applicable margin percentage and receives variable rates of interest for two years on $10 million of debt outstanding under the new Facility. The swap is considered a cash flow hedge and is accounted for pursuant to Statement 133. As a result of the new Facility, the Company incurred an extraordinary loss on the early extinguishment of debt of approximately $177,000 (net of taxes of $113,000), or less than $0.01 per diluted share. The extraordinary loss consists primarily of unamortized debt issue costs associated with the previous credit facility and unamortized amounts associated with the termination of the interest rate swap agreement. The First Union Facility provided for borrowings of up to $65 million and carried an interest rate based on LIBOR plus an applicable margin percentage, dependant upon the Company's cash flow generation and borrowings outstanding. Concurrent with the First Union Facility, the Company amended its then existing interest rate swap to coincide with the maturity of the First Union Facility. The amended interest rate swap was structured to fix the Company's interest rate exposure on $37 million of the outstanding borrowings at 5.8% plus an applicable margin percentage and was terminated prior to refinancing of the credit facility in June 2001. Under the amended interest rate swap, the Company paid a F-12 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) fixed rate of interest and received payment based on a variable rate of interest. The difference in amounts paid and received under the contract was accrued and recognized as an adjustment to interest expense on the debt, prior to the adoption of Statement 133. As a result of the First Union Facility and the amended interest rate swap agreement, the Company recognized an extraordinary loss on the extinguishment of debt of approximately $682,000 (net of income taxes of $359,000), or $.02 per share, during the first quarter of Fiscal 1999. The extraordinary loss was comprised primarily of unamortized debt issue costs associated with the Company's previous credit facility and the negative value of the previous interest rate swap at January 7, 1999. 5. INCOME TAXES The following reflects actual income tax expense (in thousands):
FISCAL YEAR ENDED -------------------------------------- JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, 2000 2000 2002 ---------- ------------ ---------- Current payable: Federal........................................... $1,673 $1,439 $5,548 State............................................. 198 315 653 ------ ------ ------ Total current....................................... 1,871 1,754 6,201 Deferred: Federal........................................... 2,454 4,056 3,456 State............................................. 290 615 244 ------ ------ ------ Total deferred...................................... 2,744 4,671 3,700 ------ ------ ------ $4,615 $6,425 $9,901 ====== ====== ======
A reconciliation of income tax expense at the federal income tax rate to the Company's effective income tax provision is as follows (in thousands):
FISCAL YEAR ENDED -------------------------------------- JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, 2000 2000 2002 ---------- ------------ ---------- Income tax expense at statutory rate................. $3,855 $5,569 $8,552 State income tax expense, net of federal income tax benefit............................................ 317 604 583 Other, net (primarily goodwill not deductible for tax purposes).......................................... 443 252 766 ------ ------ ------ $4,615 $6,425 $9,901 ====== ====== ======
Pending the completion of final closing tax returns for Video Update, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards at January 6, 2002 resulting from the Video Update acquisition (see Note 2 -- Acquisitions) of approximately $67.0 million for income taxes that expire in years 2007 through 2021. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $18.4 million related to its net deferred tax assets as management is uncertain as to whether sufficient taxable income will be generated to allow the net deferred tax assets to be realized. F-13 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income taxes. Components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, 2000 2002 ------------ ---------- Deferred tax assets: Non-compete agreements.................................... $ 4,979 $ 4,573 Alternative minimum tax credit carryforward............... 4,163 4,169 Net operating loss carryforwards.......................... -- 25,490 Accrued liabilities....................................... 502 770 Other..................................................... 731 1,357 -------- -------- Total deferred tax assets................................... 10,375 36,359 Valuation allowance......................................... -- (18,412) -------- -------- Net deferred tax assets..................................... 10,375 17,947 Deferred tax liabilities:................................... -- Furnishings and equipment................................. (6,003) (6,494) Rental inventory.......................................... (6,351) (6,473) Goodwill.................................................. (2,251) (1,986) Other..................................................... -- (2,459) -------- -------- Total deferred tax liabilities.............................. (14,605) (17,412) -------- -------- Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)....................... $ (4,230) $ 535 ======== ========
6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY COMMON STOCK The Company's Board of Directors approved two three-for-two stock splits, which were effected on August 31, 2001 and January 3, 2002 in the form of stock dividends. The stock splits increased the number of shares of common stock outstanding by a total of 14,894,399 shares. All prior periods have been restated to reflect the stock splits. In 1995, the Company registered shares of common stock with an aggregate public offering price of $127,000,000. This common stock may be offered directly through agents, underwriters or dealers or may be offered in connection with business acquisitions. As of January 6, 2002, common stock of approximately $83,000,000 was available to be issued from this registration. EARNINGS PER SHARE Basic earnings per share and basic pro forma earnings per share are computed based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the periods presented. Diluted earnings per share and diluted pro forma earnings per share are computed based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the periods presented, increased solely by the effects of shares to be issued from the exercise of dilutive common stock options (574,000, 67,000 and 1,383,000 for Fiscal 1999, 2000 and 2001, respectively). No adjustments were made to net income in the computation of basic or diluted earnings per share. F-14 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) STOCK OPTION PLAN In July 1994, the Board of Directors adopted, and the stockholders of the Company approved, the 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan provides for the award of incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, bonus rights and other incentive grants to employees, independent contractors and consultants. Currently 6,750,000 shares are reserved for issuance under the Plan, 2,553,458 of which have been exercised as of January 6, 2002. Options granted under the Plan have a ten-year term and generally vest over three to five years. In accordance with the provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, the Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in accounting for the Plan and, accordingly, has not recognized compensation cost in connection with the Plan. If the Company had elected to recognize compensation cost based on the fair value of the options granted at grant date as prescribed by Statement 123, net income and earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated in the table below. The effect on net income and earnings per share is not expected to be indicative of the effects on net income and earnings per share in future years.
FISCAL YEAR ENDED -------------------------------------- JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, 2000 2000 2002 ---------- ------------ ---------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) Pro forma net income................................ $3,801 $8,496 $18,376 Pro forma earnings per share: Basic............................................. 0.13 0.33 0.71 Diluted........................................... 0.13 0.33 0.68
The fair value of each option grant was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:
FISCAL YEAR ENDED -------------------------------------- JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 31, JANUARY 6, 2000 2000 2002 ---------- ------------ ---------- Expected volatility................................. 0.720 0.703 0.706 Risk-free interest rate............................. 6.39% 5.15% 5.41% Expected life of option in years.................... 6.0 5.7 5.5 Expected dividend yield............................. 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%
The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because the Company's employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options. In March 2000, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions involving Stock Compensation, an interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25. The Interpretation requires that stock options that have been modified to reduce the exercise price be accounted for as variable. The Company repriced 864,000 stock options in March 2001, and reduced the exercise price to $1.78 per share. Assuming all repriced stock options are exercised, the Company will receive $.6 million less than if no repricing had occurred. Under Interpretation 44, the repriced stock options are accounted for as variable until the stock options are exercised, forfeited or expire unexercised. F-15 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) A summary of the Company's stock option activity and related information is as follows:
WEIGHTED OUTSTANDING AVERAGE EXERCISE OPTIONS PRICE PER SHARE ----------- ---------------- Outstanding at January 4, 1999............................ 4,925,023 $4.32 Granted................................................. 999,000 1.94 Exercised............................................... (27,788) 1.72 Cancelled............................................... (773,014) 1.85 ---------- Outstanding at January 2, 2000............................ 5,123,221 4.25 Granted................................................. 911,250 1.42 Exercised............................................... -- -- Cancelled............................................... (313,830) 2.28 ---------- Outstanding at December 31, 2000.......................... 5,720,641 3.91 Granted................................................. -- -- Exercised............................................... (2,128,927) 2.26 Cancelled............................................... (146,205) 4.99 ---------- Outstanding at January 6, 2002............................ 3,445,509 4.71 ========== Exercisable at January 2, 2000............................ 3,241,960 5.35 ========== Exercisable at December 31, 2000.......................... 3,755,941 5.02 ========== Exercisable at January 6, 2002............................ 2,236,021 6.39 ==========
Options outstanding as of January 6, 2002 had a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 6.3 years and exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to $18.00 as follows:
EXERCISE PRICE OF --------------------------------------------------- $1.00 TO $2.00 $6.00 TO $11.00 $13.00 TO $18.00 -------------- --------------- ---------------- Options outstanding......................... 2,319,609 619,650 506,250 Weighted-average exercise price............. $1.64 $7.40 $15.50 Weighted-average remaining contractual life...................................... 7.6 years 3.5 years 3.5 years Options exercisable......................... 1,110,121 619,650 506,250 Weighted-average exercise price of exercisable options....................... $1.67 $7.40 $15.50
F-16 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES Rent expense for Fiscal 1999, 2000 and 2001 totaled $41,683,000, $45,132,000 and $50,985,000, respectively. Future minimum payments under noncancellable operating leases which contain renewal options and escalation clauses with remaining terms in excess of one year consisted of the following at January 6, 2002 (in thousands): 2002........................................................ $ 48,584 2003........................................................ 42,587 2004........................................................ 31,454 2005........................................................ 20,189 2006........................................................ 10,051 Thereafter.................................................. 17,439 -------- $170,304 ========
The Company has a supply contract with Rentrak Corporation ("Rentrak") which requires the Company to order VHS rental inventory under lease sufficient to require an aggregate minimum payment of $4 million per year in revenue sharing, handling fees, sell through fees and end-of-term buyout fees. The agreement expires in 2006. In March 2001, the Company and Rentrak amended the terms of the Company's existing supply contract with Rentrak. The Company paid Rentrak $1.6 million in connection with the amendment to the contract. Additionally, the Company prepaid approximately $.9 million to be applied over a three-year period against future amounts due under the contract. The Company is a defendant in certain putative class action lawsuits alleging that the extended viewing fees charged for keeping rental products beyond the initial rental period are penalties in violation of certain common law and equitable principles. The dollar amounts that the plaintiffs seek is not set forth in the complaints. The Company believes that the extended viewing fees do not violate any laws and intends to vigorously defend these lawsuits. The Company is occasionally involved in litigation in the ordinary course of its business, none of which, individually or in the aggregate, is material to the Company's business or results of operations. F-17 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 8. FOREIGN OPERATIONS Beginning in Fiscal 2001, the Company operated in both the United States and Canada. The following table sets forth the consolidated revenues, operating income and assets of the Company by geographic area. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 6, 2002 ----------------- (IN THOUSANDS) Revenues: United States............................................. $367,637 Canada.................................................... 1,494 -------- Total revenues.............................................. $369,131 ======== Operating income: United States............................................. $ 26,696 Canada.................................................... 474 -------- Total operating income...................................... $ 27,170 ======== Assets (at end of fiscal year): United States............................................. $258,691 Canada.................................................... 11,441 -------- Total assets................................................ $270,132 ========
F-18 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 9. SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED) The following is a summary of unaudited quarterly results of operations (in thousands, except per share data):
THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED ------------------------------------------------- APRIL 2, JULY 2, OCTOBER 1, DECEMBER 31, 2000 2000 2000 2000 -------- ------- ------------- ------------ Revenues................................ $81,493 $77,345 $75,350 $ 84,748 Operating income........................ $ 7,478 $ 4,237 $ 1,893 $ 6,082 Net income.............................. $ 3,900 $ 1,935 $ 561 $ 3,090 Basic and diluted earnings per share.... $ 0.14 $ 0.08 $ 0.02 $ 0.12
THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED FOURTEEN ---------------------------------- WEEKS ENDED APRIL 1, JULY 1, SEPTEMBER 30, JANUARY 6, 2001 2001 2001 2002 -------- ------- ------------- ----------- Revenue................................. $91,571 $82,987 $86,467 $108,106 Operating income........................ $ 7,413 $ 2,600 $ 2,750 $ 14,407 Income before extraordinary item........ $ 4,019 $ 1,104 $ 1,271 $ 8,139 Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt................ -- (177) -- -- ------- ------- ------- -------- Net income.............................. $ 4,019 $ 927 $ 1,271 $ 8,139 ======= ======= ======= ======== Basic earnings per share: Income before extraordinary item...... $ 0.16 $ 0.04 $ 0.05 $ 0.30 Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt............. -- -- -- -- ------- ------- ------- -------- Net income.............................. $ 0.16 $ 0.04 $ 0.05 $ 0.30 ======= ======= ======= ======== Diluted earnings per share: Income before extraordinary item...... $ 0.16 $ 0.04 $ 0.05 $ 0.28 Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt............. -- -- -- -- ------- ------- ------- -------- Net income.............................. $ 0.16 $ 0.04 $ 0.05 $ 0.28 ======= ======= ======= ========
F-19 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS To the Board of Directors Movie Gallery, Inc. and subsidiaries We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Video Update, Inc. and subsidiaries (debtor-in-possession) as of April 30, 2001, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, shareholders' deficit, and cash flows for the year then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Video Update, Inc. and subsidiaries (debtor-in-possession) as of April 30, 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, during the year ended April 30, 2001, the Company incurred a net loss of $144,178,000. In addition, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $298,373,000 and a shareholders' deficit of $180,214,000 as of April 30, 2001. These factors, among others, as discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. /S/ SINGER LEWAK GREENBAUM & GOLDSTEIN LLP Los Angeles, California February 15, 2002 F-20 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET APRIL 30, 2001 ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 1,571,000 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for uncollectible accounts of $2,242,000................................. 337,000 Merchandise inventory..................................... 318,000 ------------- Total current assets.............................. 2,226,000 Video and game rental inventory, net...................... 25,396,000 Property and equipment, net............................... 7,669,000 Prepaid expenses.......................................... 808,000 Other assets.............................................. 1,072,000 ------------- Total assets...................................... $ 37,171,000 ============= LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT LIABILITIES NOT SUBJECT TO COMPROMISE CURRENT LIABILITIES Accounts payable....................................... $ 12,758,000 Accrued expenses....................................... 7,199,000 Accrued rent........................................... 2,740,000 Accrued compensation................................... 2,598,000 ------------- Total current liabilities......................... 25,295,000 Note payable.............................................. 414,000 ------------- Total liabilities not subject to compromise....... 25,709,000 LIABILITIES SUBJECT TO COMPROMISE........................... 191,676,000 ------------- Total liabilities................................. 217,385,000 ------------- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT Preferred stock, $0.01 par value 5,000,000 shares authorized no shares issued and outstanding............ -- Class A common stock, $0.01 par value 60,000,000 shares authorized 29,278,457 shares issued and outstanding.... 293,000 Additional paid-in capital................................ 121,278,000 Accumulated other comprehensive loss...................... (3,412,000) Accumulated deficit....................................... (298,373,000) ------------- Total shareholders' deficit....................... (180,214,000) ------------- Total liabilities and shareholders' deficit....... $ 37,171,000 =============
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-21 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS FOR THE YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 2001 REVENUES Rental revenue............................................ $ 125,834,000 Product sales............................................. 14,774,000 Service fees.............................................. 563,000 ------------- Total revenues......................................... 141,171,000 ------------- COSTS AND EXPENSES Cost of revenues.......................................... 45,500,000 Selling, general, and administrative...................... 15,352,000 Store operating expenses.................................. 108,941,000 Amortization of debt discount............................. 1,082,000 Amortization of goodwill.................................. 3,814,000 Loss on store closures.................................... 10,486,000 Loss on disposal of assets................................ 527,000 Property and equipment valuation charge................... 18,078,000 Goodwill valuation charge................................. 62,334,000 ------------- Total costs and expenses............................... 266,114,000 ------------- LOSS FROM OPERATIONS........................................ (124,943,000) ------------- OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE) Other income.............................................. 90,000 Interest expense.......................................... (6,074,000) ------------- Total other income (expense)........................... (5,984,000) ------------- LOSS BEFORE REORGANIZATION ITEMS............................ (130,927,000) ------------- REORGANIZATION ITEMS Professional fees......................................... 3,206,000 Write-off of debt discount and loan costs................. 7,938,000 Settlements and other..................................... 2,107,000 ------------- Total reorganization items............................. 13,251,000 ------------- NET LOSS.................................................... (144,178,000) ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS........................ (237,000) ------------- COMPREHENSIVE LOSS APPLICABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS........ $(144,415,000) ============= BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER SHARE............................ $ (4.93) ============= WEIGHTED-AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING USED TO COMPUTE BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER SHARE.................. 29,278,457 =============
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-22 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT FOR THE YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 2001
ACCUMULATED CLASS A COMMON STOCK ADDITIONAL OTHER --------------------- PAID-IN COMPREHENSIVE ACCUMULATED SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL LOSS DEFICIT TOTAL ---------- -------- ------------ ------------- ------------- ------------- BALANCE, APRIL 30, 2000..... 29,278,457 $293,000 $121,278,000 $(3,175,000) $(154,195,000) $ (35,799,000) Foreign currency translation............... (237,000) (237,000) Net loss.................... (144,178,000) (144,178,000) ---------- -------- ------------ ----------- ------------- ------------- BALANCE, APRIL 30, 2001..... 29,278,457 $293,000 $121,278,000 $(3,412,000) $(298,373,000) $(180,214,000) ========== ======== ============ =========== ============= =============
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-23 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 2001 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net loss.................................................. $(144,178,000) Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities Depreciation and amortization.......................... 34,414,000 Write-off of debt discount and loan costs.............. 8,385,000 Loss on disposal of property and equipment............. 11,013,000 Property and equipment valuation charge................ 18,078,000 Goodwill valuation charge.............................. 62,334,000 Decrease in Accounts receivable.................................. 1,486,000 Merchandise inventory................................ 1,798,000 Other assets......................................... 78,000 Increase (decrease) in Accounts payable..................................... 35,328,000 Accrued expenses..................................... (5,103,000) Accrued rent......................................... (3,931,000) Accrued compensation................................. (2,922,000) ------------- Net cash provided by operating activities......... 16,780,000 ------------- CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Purchase of video and game rental inventory............... (10,336,000) Purchase of property and equipment........................ (1,193,000) ------------- Net cash used in investing activities............. (11,529,000) ------------- CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Payments on notes payable................................. (5,206,000) ------------- Net cash used in financing activities............. (5,206,000) ------------- EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH..................... (237,000) ------------- Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents......... (192,000) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR................ 1,763,000 ------------- CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR...................... $ 1,571,000 ============= SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION Interest paid............................................. $ 4,250,000 ============= Income taxes paid......................................... $ 111,000 ============= SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION FOR REORGANIZATION EXPENSES PAID IN CONNECTION WITH THE CHAPTER 11 PROCEEDING Professional fees paid for services....................... $ 2,754,000 =============
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-24 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS APRIL 30, 2001 NOTE 1 -- ORGANIZATION AND LINE OF BUSINESS Video Update, Inc. ("Video Update") (debtor-in-possession) and subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") own and operate retail video stores and sell and support retail video franchises in the United States and Canada. NOTE 2 -- REORGANIZATION UNDER CHAPTER 11 AND GOING CONCERN CONSIDERATIONS FINANCIAL REPORTING FOR BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS On September 18, 2000, the Company filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the federal bankruptcy laws in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. On December 20, 2001, the Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Company's Plan of Reorganization (the "Plan"), and the Plan became effective on December 21, 2001. According to Statement of Position ("SOP") 90-7, "Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code," the financial statements of an entity in a Chapter 11 reorganization proceeding should distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from those operations of the ongoing business as it evolves. Accordingly, SOP 90-7 requires the following financial reporting and accounting treatment: - Balance Sheet -- The balance sheet separately classifies liabilities subject to compromise from liabilities not subject to compromise. - Statement of Operations -- Pursuant to SOP 90-7, revenues and expenses, realized gains and losses, and provisions for losses resulting from the reorganization and restructuring of the business are reported in the statement of operations separately. Professional fees are expensed as incurred. Interest expense is reported only to the extent that it will be paid during the proceeding or that it is probable that it will be an allowed claim. - Statement of Cash Flows -- Reorganization items are reported separately within the operating, investing, and financing categories of the statement of cash flows with respect to the financial statements, or details of operating cash receipts and payments resulting from the reorganization are disclosed in a supplementary schedule. TERMS OF PLAN OF REORGANIZATION SUBSEQUENT TO APRIL 30, 2001 On or about May 2, 2001, all but one of the syndicate of lenders led by BNP Paribas (the "Bank Group") assigned their rights, claims, and interests under the Senior Facility (see Note 6) to Movie Gallery, Inc. ("Movie Gallery"). As a result, Movie Gallery owned or controlled approximately 92% of the secured and under-secured claims formerly held by the Bank Group at April 30, 2001. On May 16, 2001, the Company and Movie Gallery entered into a Chapter 11 Financing Agreement (the "Debtor-in-Possession ("DIP") Agreement"), pursuant to which Movie Gallery agreed to grant the Company $5,000,000 in post-petition financing. In return, the Company granted to Movie Gallery a super-priority administrative claim, secured by a priming lien against all of the Company's assets. The post-petition financing under the DIP agreement was subsequently increased to $6,500,000. Upon confirmation of the Plan effective December 21, 2001, the entire balance of the DIP facility became due and payable to Movie Gallery, and Movie Gallery received new common stock of the reorganized Company in exchange for a full and complete release of the Company's obligations under the F-25 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) DIP Agreement. The outstanding stock, options, and warrants of the Company before confirmation were canceled. Under the Plan, the Company's financial affairs will be completely restructured under circumstances, whereby Movie Gallery will (a) exchange its $6,500,000 super-priority administrative claim for newly issued common stock in the reorganized Company; (b) contribute cash to enable the reorganized Company to satisfy certain priority, administrative, and tax claims, (c) agree to provide the reorganized Company future working capital financing, and (d) waive its unsecured deficiency claim. GOING CONCERN CONSIDERATIONS The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going-concern basis, which contemplates continuation of operations and realization of assets and liquidation of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. These financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary as a result of the outcome of the uncertainties discussed herein, including the effect of the Plan. NOTE 3 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Video Update and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Tinseltown Video, Inc., Moovies, Inc., Moovies of the Carolinas, Inc., Pic-A-Flick of Greenville, Inc., Moovies of Georgia, Inc., The Movie Store #2, Rio Media Associates, Inc., Moovies of Iowa, Inc., Moovies of Michigan, Inc., Movie Warehouse Franchise Systems, Inc., E.C.6, Inc., DCO, Inc., SONI, Inc., SNO, Inc., PQ3, Inc., D-Skippy, Inc., GBO, Inc., and PTO, Inc. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. REVENUE RECOGNITION The Company receives and recognizes continuing monthly royalty and other fee revenue from its franchisees based on a percentage of the franchisees' gross monthly revenue. Royalty fees and other fee revenues will continue for the initial terms of the franchise agreements, after which the revenues will be based upon renewed franchise agreements. Revenue on videos and games is recognized at the time of rental or sale. Extended viewing fee revenue is recognized when collected from the customer. COMPREHENSIVE INCOME The Company utilizes Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income." This statement establishes standards for reporting comprehensive income and its components in a financial statement. Comprehensive income as defined includes all changes in equity (net assets) during a period from non-owner sources. Examples of items to be included in comprehensive income, which are excluded from net income, include foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities. Comprehensive income is presented in the Company's financial statements for foreign currency translation adjustments. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Included in cash and cash equivalents is $50,000 of restricted cash related to a certificate of deposit with a bank to secure a line of credit issued by the bank to a landlord of the Company. This certificate of deposit will remain with the bank until the expiration of a certain store lease in March 2005. F-26 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) MERCHANDISE INVENTORY Merchandise inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first in, first out) or market. Inventory consists of videocassettes, DVDs, and games held for sale, supplies, and concessions. VIDEO AND GAME RENTAL INVENTORY Video and game rental inventory is stated at cost and is amortized over the estimated economic life as follows:
NUMBER OF COPIES OF TITLE PER STORE AMORTIZATION POLICY - ------------------ ------------------- One through three......................... Accelerated basis to a net book value of $8 over the first three months and then straight-line over 33 months to a salvage value of $4 per video. Four and over............................. Accelerated basis to a net book value of $4 over the first three months and then fully amortized on a straight-line basis over nine months.
Game rental inventory is amortized on a straight-line basis to $10 over 12 months and then straight-line over six months to a salvage value of $4 per game. Video and game rental inventory at April 30, 2001 is net of accumulated amortization of $249,863,000. For the year ended April 30, 2001, amortization expense was $23,916,000. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are provided using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives as follows: Buildings................................. 40 years Furniture and equipment................... 5 to 10 years Leasehold improvements.................... lesser of estimated economic life or the lease term
GOODWILL Goodwill consisted principally of excess cost over net assets from the acquisitions of businesses. IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If the assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the assets. The Company recorded write-downs of $18,078,000 in property and equipment during the year ended April 30, 2001. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The Company measures its financial assets and liabilities in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. For certain of the Company's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, accrued rent, and accrued compensation, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to their short maturities. The amount F-27 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) shown for note payable also approximates fair value because current interest rates offered to the Company for debt of similar maturities are substantially the same. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," for its employee stock-based compensation plans. The Company has elected to recognize compensation expense for its stock-based compensation plans in accordance with Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." Accordingly, no compensation expense is recognized for stock options with exercise prices equal to, or in excess of, the market value of the underlying shares of stock at the date of grant. ADVERTISING COSTS The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs for the year ended April 30, 2001 were $220,000. INCOME TAXES Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial report amounts at each period end, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The provision for income taxes represents the tax payable for the period, if any, and the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities. LOSS PER SHARE The Company utilizes SFAS No. 128, "Earnings per Share." Basic loss per share is computed by dividing loss available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted loss per share is computed similar to basic loss per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the potential common shares had been issued and if the additional common shares were dilutive. Common equivalent shares are excluded from the computation if their effect is anti-dilutive. As such, basic and diluted loss per share are the same. ESTIMATES The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high credit, quality financial institutions. At times, such cash and cash equivalents may be in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limit of $100,000. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash. F-28 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) With respect to accounts receivable, the Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers and, as a consequence, believes that the receivable credit risk exposure is limited. RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations." This statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for business combinations and supersedes Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 16, "Business Combinations," and SFAS No. 38, "Accounting for Pre-Acquisition Contingencies of Purchased Enterprises." All business combinations in the scope of this statement are to be accounted for using one method, the purchase method. The provisions of this statement apply to all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001. Use of the pooling-of-interests method for those business combinations is prohibited. This statement also applies to all business combinations accounted for using the purchase method for which the date of acquisition is July 1, 2001 or later. The Company does not expect adoption of SFAS No. 141 to have a material impact, if any, on its financial position or results of operations. In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." This statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for acquired goodwill and other intangible assets and supersedes APB Opinion No. 17, "Intangible Assets." It addresses how intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets (but not those acquired in a business combination) should be accounted for in financial statements upon their acquisition. This statement also addresses how goodwill and other intangible assets should be accounted for after they have been initially recognized in the financial statements. It is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. Early application is permitted for entities with fiscal years beginning after March 15, 2001, provided that the first interim financial statements have not been issued previously. The Company does not expect adoption of SFAS No. 142 to have a material impact, if any, on its financial position or results of operations. In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations." This statement applies to legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets that result from the acquisition, construction, development, and/or the normal operation of long-lived assets, except for certain obligations of lessees. This statement is not applicable to the Company. In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets." This statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. This statement replaces SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of," the accounting and reporting provisions of APB No. 30, "Reporting the Results of Operations -- Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual, and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions," for the disposal of a segment of a business, and amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, "Consolidated Financial Statements," to eliminate the exception to consolidation for subsidiaries for which control is likely to be temporary. The Company does not expect adoption of SFAS No. 144 to have a material impact, if any, on its financial position or results of operations. NOTE 4 -- GOODWILL During the course of the Company's strategic review of its prior acquisitions in the year ended April 30, 2001, the Company recorded charges of $62,334,000, relating to the impairment of certain intangible assets held for use when it was determined that future undiscounted cash flows associated with these assets were insufficient to recover their carrying value. The impaired assets principally represented the Company's ownership interest in the acquired stores. The assets were written down to their fair market value of $0, which was determined on the basis of the present value of future cash flows. F-29 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) NOTE 5 -- PROVISION FOR STORE CLOSING AND OTHER CHARGES During the years ended April 30, 1999 and 1998, the Company completed extensive analysis of its base store performance and adopted business restructuring plans to close a number of its stores. Substantially all of the identified stores were closed by April 30, 2000. During the year ended April 30, 2001, the remaining accruals related to these restructuring plans were either paid or reversed. In conjunction with the bankruptcy filing during the year ended April 30, 2001, additional stores were identified for closure, and $1,506,000 was expensed during the year related to these closures. As of April 30, 2001, the Company had a reserve for store closures totaling $1,691,000. NOTE 6 -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Property and equipment at April 30, 2001 consisted of the following: Land........................................................ $ 488,000 Buildings................................................... 1,403,000 Furniture and equipment..................................... 18,163,000 Capitalized construction.................................... 2,728,000 Leasehold improvements...................................... 11,470,000 ----------- 34,252,000 Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.............. 26,583,000 ----------- Total.................................................. $ 7,669,000 ===========
Depreciation and amortization expense was $6,075,000 for the year ended April 30, 2001. During the course of the Company's strategic review of its operations, the Company recorded charges of $18,078,000 for the year ended April 30, 2001, relating to the impairment of property and equipment to be held and used when it was determined that future undiscounted cash flows associated with these assets were insufficient to recover their carrying value. The assets were written down to fair market value, which was determined on the basis of market price and future discounted cash flows. NOTE 7 -- FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS NOTE PAYABLE Note payable at April 30, 2001 consisted of a Secured Claim held by Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A. The Secured Claim arose out of a Commercial Installment Note and Credit Agreement dated January 10, 2000 and is secured by a Mortgage and Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement dated December 29, 1994, respecting the Company's real estate located in Cottage Grove, Minnesota. LIABILITIES SUBJECT TO COMPROMISE In March 1998, the Company entered into a $120,000,000 credit facility (the "Senior Facility") with a syndicate of banks led by Banque Paribas. The amount available for borrowing was subsequently reduced to $115,000,000 at April 30, 2000. Warrants were issued in connection with the amendments and were recorded as a discount on debt. As of August 15, 2000, the Company failed to make principal and interest payments of $6,000,000, which resulted in a default under its Senior Facility. The Company was unable to come to an agreement with all of its lenders concerning a modification of the credit agreement, and a liquidity crisis ensued. On September 18, 2000, the Company filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy F-30 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) Code. As a result, the Company's notes payable and related accrued interest have been classified as "Liabilities Subject to Compromise" as of April 30, 2001. Liabilities subject to compromise as of April 30, 2001 consisted of the following: Notes payable subject to compromise......................... $141,402,000 Trade accounts payable and other liabilities subject to compromise................................................ 50,274,000 ------------ Total.................................................. $191,676,000 ============
Notes payable subject to compromise as of April 30, 2001 consisted of the following: Senior Facility............................................. $101,316,000 Capital expenditure loan.................................... 15,000,000 Revolving loan.............................................. 5,000,000 Notes payable to others..................................... 16,852,000 Accrued interest............................................ 3,234,000 ------------ Total.................................................. $141,402,000 ============
As of September 18, 2000, all of the discounts on debt, which were recorded due to the issuance of warrants and loan fees, were written off to reorganization expense to adjust the net carrying amount of the debt to the expected allowed claim in bankruptcy court. At April 30, 2001, the Senior Facility has variable interest rates based on the "base rate" (i.e., the higher of the federal funds rate, plus 0.5%, or the prime commercial lending rate) or the inter-bank Eurodollar rate, plus an applicable margin rate. The capital expenditure loan, revolving loan, and notes payable to others have interest rates ranging from 0% to 12% and have original maturity dates ranging from January 2001 to December 2002. INTEREST EXPENSE On September 18, 2000, the Company discontinued accruing interest on the Senior Facility and other debt. The contractual interest expense would have been $17,329,000 as compared with the recorded amount of $6,074,000 for the year ended April 30, 2001. ADDITIONAL FINANCING SUBSEQUENT TO APRIL 30, 2001 On or about May 2, 2001, all but one member of the Bank Group assigned their rights, claims, and interest under the Senior Facility to Movie Gallery (see Note 2). On May 16, 2001, the Company filed a motion for approval of the DIP Agreement (the "DIP Financing Motion"). At a hearing on May 18, 2001, the Bankruptcy Court granted the DIP Financing Motion on an interim basis, pursuant to which Movie Gallery extended to the Company an interim credit line up to $1,000,000 under the terms and conditions provided in the DIP Agreement. The Court granted the DIP Motion on a final basis on June 7, 2001. Movie Gallery granted the Company an aggregate of $6,500,000 in post-petition financing. NOTE 8 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES INVESTIGATIONS During the course of the Company's ongoing bankruptcy proceedings, there were investigations into allegations of theft, misappropriation of funds, and the destruction of Company documents by former management of the Company. Current management of the Company believes that all instances of potential F-31 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) fraud have been properly recorded in the financial statements of the Company and has not recorded additional accruals or estimates related to possible contingencies related to any fraud perpetrated against the Company by its former management. The result of the investigations did not have a material impact on the financial condition of the Company. However, there cannot be a guarantee that all incidents of fraud impacting the financial statements have been or will be discovered. LEASES The Company leases office and retail space under operating leases with terms of 36 to 222 months. These leases generally have a term of three to 10 years and provide options to renew for periods ranging from three to five additional years. Under the leasing agreements, the Company is generally responsible for the real estate taxes, insurance, and other expenses related to the property. The leases expire at varying dates through 2016. The Company also leases vehicles, computer equipment, and telecommunications equipment. Future minimum payments under the non-cancelable lease agreements at April 30, 2001 were as follows:
YEAR ENDING APRIL 30, - ----------- 2002........................................................ $20,610,000 2003........................................................ 17,425,000 2004........................................................ 15,343,000 2005........................................................ 13,074,000 2006........................................................ 10,941,000 Thereafter.................................................. 22,174,000 ----------- Total.................................................. $99,567,000 ===========
Under Chapter 11, the Company has the right to reject any lease entered into by the Company before the bankruptcy filing date. Upon the confirmation of the Plan on December 20, 2001, the Company assumed 294 office and retail space leases and various equipment and vehicle leases. The remaining leases were rejected, and the liabilities related to these leases at year-end are included in liabilities subject to compromise or accounts payable based on the nature of the claim. The rejected leases have been excluded from the above schedule of future minimum payments. LITIGATION During the year ended April 30, 2001, the Company lost its appeals in connection with its long-time outstanding litigation with two companies. As a result of these lost appeals, insurance companies holding surety bonds posted by the Company upon appeal (for an amount equal to the trial court's settlement) were required to pay the amounts under the bonds to these companies. The amount paid by the insurance companies under the bonds during the year ended April 30, 2001 was $4,298,000. As such, the Company no longer has an obligation to these two companies resulting from the litigation settlement. However, the Company remains obligated to the insurance companies as the holders of the surety bonds. Amounts due to the insurance company in connection with these bonds are accrued within liabilities subject to compromise on the consolidated balance sheet at April 30, 2001. F-32 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) In August 1998, the Company filed suit in federal court in Oregon against Rentrak Corporation ("Rentrak"). The Company alleged that Rentrak has violated the federal antitrust law, given Rentrak's position in the market and its exercise of monopoly power. Rentrak had counter-claimed for amounts it alleges were owed by Moovies, Inc. prior to the acquisition of Moovies, Inc. by the Company and for amounts it claims are due under a contract with the Company. As of April 30, 2001, $1,224,000 was accrued in liabilities subject to compromise on the consolidated balance sheet in regard to this exposure. Subsequent to April 30, 2001, this case was settled, and all liabilities of the Company related to this case were extinguished. The Company is involved in various other legal proceedings arising during the normal course of conducting business. Management believes that the resolution of these proceedings will not have any material impact on the Company's financial statements. Prior to filing Chapter 11, the Company had been involved in numerous legal proceedings with creditors and landlords. These proceedings have been stayed by the filing of bankruptcy. Management's best estimates of the amounts legally owed and allowable by the bankruptcy court are included in liabilities subject to compromise at April 30, 2001. NOTE 9 -- SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT SHAREHOLDERS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT In April 1998, the Board of Directors approved the declaration of a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a "Right") for each outstanding share of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share and for each outstanding Class B warrant of the Company. The dividend was paid on April 24, 1998 to the shareholders and Class B warrant holders of record on that date. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-hundredth of a share of Series A junior participating preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Preferred Shares"), of the Company at a price of $20 per one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share subject to adjustment. Pursuant to the Plan, all rights were terminated upon confirmation of the Plan. STOCK OPTION PLANS In April 1994, the Company established an incentive stock option plan (the "1994 Stock Plan"), whereby 150,000 shares of Class A common stock have been reserved. The options can be either incentive stock options or nonqualified options, as defined by Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code to be granted to eligible individuals. The exercise price for the incentive stock options granted under the 1994 Stock Plan may not be less than the fair market value of the Class A common stock on the date the option is granted. In September 1994, the Board of Directors approved the Formula Stock Option Plan (the "Formula Plan"), whereby 50,000 shares of Class A common stock have been reserved. The Formula Plan provides for the granting of options to non-management directors of the Company. The exercise price for the incentive stock options granted under the plan may not be less than the fair market value of the Class A common stock on the date the option is granted. To date, none of these options have been exercised. In May 1995, the Company established an additional stock option plan (the "1995 Plan"), whereby 850,000 shares were reserved for grant to eligible individuals to purchase Class A common stock of the Company. Options under the 1995 Plan may be incentive stock options or nonqualified options. The exercise price for the incentive stock options granted under the 1995 Plan may not be less than fair market value of the Class A common Stock on the date the option is granted. In August 1995, options to purchase 420,000 shares were exercised by the Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company. F-33 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) In June 1996, the Board of Directors approved an additional stock option plan (the "1996 Plan"). The 1996 Plan provides for the granting of options to eligible individuals to purchase up to 820,000 shares of Class A common stock of the Company. Options under the 1996 Plan may be incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. The exercise price for the incentive stock options granted under the plan, may not be less than the fair market value of the Class A common stock on the date the option is granted. To date, none of these options granted under such plan have been exercised. In January 1998, the Board of Directors approved an additional stock option plan (the "1998 Plan"). The 1998 Plan provides for the granting of options to eligible individuals to purchase up to 1,750,000 shares of Class A common stock of the Company. Options under the 1998 Plan may be incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. The exercise price for the incentive stock options granted under the plan may not be less than the fair market value of the Class A common stock on the date the option is granted. To date, none of these options have been exercised. In August 1999, the Board of Directors approved the re-pricing of 1,360,000 stock options to $1.06 per share. In accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 44, "Accounting for Certain Transactions involving Stock Compensation in interpretation of ABP Opinion No. 25," the Company will be required to record compensation expense over the vesting period of these options commencing on July 1, 2000 to the extent the market value of these shares increases. Based on the market value of the shares, no compensation expense was recorded during the year ended April 30, 2001. During the year ended April 30, 1997, the Company adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123, which allows companies to continue to account for employee stock-based compensation plans using the accounting prescribed by APB No. 25. The Company has elected to continue to account for employee stock-based compensation using APB No. 25, making pro forma disclosure of net loss and loss per share as if the fair value-based method had been applied. Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recorded for the stock option plans. Had compensation expense for the stock option plans been determined based on the fair value at the date of grant for awards during the year ended April 30, 2001 consistent with SFAS No. 123, the Company's net loss and loss per share for the year ended April 30, 2001 would have been reported as follows: Comprehensive loss applicable to common shareholders As reported............................................... $(144,415,000) Pro forma................................................. $(144,681,000) Basic loss per common share As reported............................................... $ (4.93) Pro forma................................................. $ (4.94)
The pro forma effect of net loss and loss per share is not representative of the pro forma earnings (loss) in future years because it does not take into consideration pro forma compensation expense related to grants made prior to 1996. F-34 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) A summary of the Company's outstanding options and activity is as follows:
WEIGHTED- AVERAGE NUMBER OF EXERCISE OPTIONS PRICE ---------- --------- Outstanding, April 30, 2000................................. 3,159,700 $0.76 Cancelled................................................. (882,000) $0.53 --------- Outstanding, April 30, 2001............................ 2,277,700 $0.85 ========= Exercisable, April 30, 2001............................ 1,860,200 $0.97 =========
The exercise prices of the options outstanding at April 30, 2001 ranged from $0.10 to $10, and information relating to these options is as follows:
WEIGHTED- WEIGHTED- WEIGHTED- AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE EXERCISE EXERCISE RANGE OF STOCK STOCK REMAINING PRICE OF PRICE OF EXERCISE OPTIONS OPTIONS CONTRACTUAL OPTIONS OPTIONS PRICES OUTSTANDING EXERCISABLE LIFE OUTSTANDING EXERCISABLE - -------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- $0.10-0.25................... 1,176,000 784,000 7.25 years $0.25 $0.25 $0.26-1.06................... 1,010,900 985,400 6.78 years $1.06 $1.06 $1.07-5.00................... 16,500 16,500 2.69 years $3.28 $3.28 $5.01-10.00.................. 74,300 74,300 0.15 years $6.85 $6.85 --------- --------- 2,277,700 1,860,200 ========= =========
Effective with confirmation of the Plan on December 20, 2001, all stock options and stock option plans were canceled. NOTE 10 -- INCOME TAXES Components of the net deferred tax assets, resulting from differences in book and income tax accounting methods, are as follows at April 30, 2001: Deferred income tax assets Depreciation and amortization............................. $ 32,062,000 Rent expense.............................................. 805,000 Net operating loss carryforwards.......................... 65,651,000 Restructuring and other................................... 2,619,000 ------------ 101,137,000 Deferred tax asset valuation allowance...................... 101,137,000 ------------ Net deferred income tax assets......................... $ -- ============
F-35 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) The reconciliation of the federal statutory rate (34%) to the Company's effective income tax rate was as follows for the year ended April 30, 2001: Federal tax at statutory rate............................... 34.0% State tax, net of federal benefit........................... 3.2 Canada...................................................... 0.4 Goodwill amortization....................................... (3.9) Other....................................................... (1.0) ---- 32.7 Change in valuation allowance............................... 32.7 ---- Total.................................................. --% ====
Realization of the future tax benefits related to the deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including the Company's ability to generate taxable income within the net operating loss carryforward period. Management has considered these factors in reaching its conclusion as to the valuation allowance for financial reporting purposes. At April 30, 2001, the Company had United States federal and state tax operating loss carryforwards of approximately $181,642,000, which begin to expire in 2007. Certain of the net operating loss carryforwards are limited to each year in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code. Prior to the Company's bankruptcy filing, an audit was conducted by the Internal Revenue Service. As a result of this audit, an assessment was made for the tax years ended April 30, 1998, 1997, 1996, and 1995 for approximately $3,000,000. The Company contested the assessment. Subsequent to April 30, 2001, the Company settled the claim for a one-time payment of $42,000. NOTE 11 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS Family members of certain shareholders and a Company director own a majority interest at April 30, 2001 in two franchise stores. The amount of service fees earned from these franchisees was $24,000 for the year ended April 30, 2001. The amount due from the franchisees at April 30, 2001 was $92,000. During the year ended April 30, 2001, the Company incurred expenses of $680,000 to Crossroads, LLC for bankruptcy reorganization services. The Chief Restructuring Officer and Chief Financial Officer, effective upon entry of a court order in January 2001, are affiliated with Crossroads, LLC. The Chief Restructuring Officer was also subsequently named interim Chief Executive Officer in May 2001, but resigned in November 2001. The Chief Financial Officer, upon the effective date of consummation of the Plan, also resigned. During the year ended April 30, 2001, the Company incurred expenses of $217,000 to a company for accounting and tax services of which a director of the Company is a member. During the year ended April 30, 1998, two officers issued notes to the Company (the "Recourse Notes") to facilitate stock option exercises for a total of $3,236,000. In addition, during the year ended April 30, 1998, the Company's Board of Directors approved an accrual of bonuses that were directed primarily to satisfy obligations resulting from the Recourse Notes. In prior years, the Company accrued additional bonuses to be used to satisfy the anticipated tax liabilities to the officers. The resulting accrual for compensation expense was recorded as an offset to the officers' loan obligation, or in essence, was treated as a loan forgiveness. During the year ended April 30, 2000, the net balance of one of the officer's Recourse Notes was paid. During the year ended April 30, 2001, the remaining Recourse Note consisted F-36 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) of accrued interest of $63,000. In January 2001, the officer to whom the remaining Recourse Note pertained resigned his position with the Company, and pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court, was paid severance and other benefits in full and complete satisfaction of the Recourse Note. NOTE 12 -- GEOGRAPHIC BUSINESS OPERATIONS The Company owns and operates retail video stores in the United States and Canada. A summary of the Company's operations by geographic area for the year ended April 30, 2001 is as follows. All inter-company revenues and expenses have been eliminated:
LOSS FROM LONG-LIVED REVENUES OPERATIONS ASSETS ------------ ------------- ----------- United States.............................. $113,407,000 $(112,016,000) $23,137,000 Canada..................................... 27,764,000 (12,927,000) 6,650,000 ------------ ------------- ----------- Total................................. $141,171,000 $(124,943,000) $29,787,000 ============ ============= ===========
NOTE 13 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS ACQUISITION BY MOVIE GALLERY Effective December 21, 2001, Movie Gallery acquired 100% of the newly issued common stock of the reorganized Company under its Plan, which was confirmed by the United States Bankruptcy Court on December 20, 2001. The Company had been operating under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code since its voluntary filing on September 18, 2000. The acquisition of the newly issued common stock of the Company was in satisfaction of all amounts owed by the Company under a $6,500,000 debtor-in-possession financing agreement between the Company and Movie Gallery. In addition, Movie Gallery purchased certain senior secured debt of the Company for $8,500,000, funded amounts due to secured and unsecured creditors in accordance with confirmation of the Plan totaling $6,300,000, and assumed other post-bankruptcy filing liabilities of the Company. RESIGNATIONS OF OFFICERS AND MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS Upon the sale of the Company's senior debt to Movie Gallery on May 16, 2001, the Company's senior management, comprised of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operations Officer, and a Senior Vice President, tendered their resignation with the approval of the Company's Board of Directors and the Committee of Unsecured Creditors (the "Creditors' Committee"). Other former Board of Directors' members resigned effective May 16, 2001. On June 7, 2001, the Bankruptcy Court approved written separation agreements and releases with these individuals. LITIGATION SETTLEMENTS Between 1995 and 1998, Winthrop Resources Corp. ("Winthrop") entered into a series of equipment leases with the Company for sophisticated point-of-sale cash registers and computer equipment. In January 2000, Winthrop filed suit against the Company in Minnesota State Court alleging that its equipment leases with the Company should be terminated for non-payment of rent. A partial summary judgment was entered by the State Court against the Company in the summer of 2000. The Company timely filed a notice of appeal from that ruling. Shortly after the bankruptcy filing, Winthrop moved for relief from the automatic stay to repossess its collateral. The Company argued that Winthrop should not be granted relief from stay because, among other things, the agreement was a disguised financing transaction. F-37 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) On December 1, 2000, the Court issued an opinion in which it sided with Winthrop and rejected the Company's attempt to have the lease with Winthrop re-characterized as a secured transaction. After extensive settlement discussions, the parties agreed to a stipulated Order resolving all claims between them, which was entered by the Court on August 3, 2001. Under the terms of the stipulated Order, the Company entered into a new lease for the equipment previously financed by Winthrop. Under the new lease, the Company will make 21 monthly payments totaling $750,000. At the end of the lease term, the Company will become the owner of the equipment at issue. At April 30, 2001, the Company's liability to Winthrop consisted of $1,450,000 in post-petition accounts payable and $1,573,000, which is included within liabilities subject to compromise on the consolidated balance sheet. As of June 20, 2001, the Company's liability to Robert Klein in relation to a litigation settlement was forgiven. An amount of $478,000 is accrued for this settlement within liabilities subject to compromise on the consolidated balance sheet at April 30, 2001. Subsequent to April 30, 2001, a settlement had been reached between Rentrak and the Company. The Company agreed to cease its federal antitrust law litigation against Rentrak, and Rentrak agreed to discontinue its counterclaim. The Company has accrued an amount of $1,224,000 for this liability within liabilities subject to compromise on the consolidated balance sheet at April 30, 2001. This case has subsequently been settled, whereby each side released the other from any and all claims without payment of money. Subsequent to April 30, 2001, a settlement was reached between Zeller World Trade, LLC ("Zeller") and the Company absolving the Company from liability resulting from claims filed by Zeller. As consideration, the Company terminated its actions against Zeller regarding a breach of contract lawsuit. The Company does not have an accrual for this item at April 30, 2001. This settlement was approved by the Bankruptcy Court on September 21, 2001. On or about June 1, 2001, the Company provided the official Creditors' Committee with information concerning alleged improprieties by certain former officers and others of the Company. By agreement of the parties, the Creditors' Committee, through its counsel and financial advisors, conducted a more formal inquiry and investigation. The Creditors' Committee has concluded that substantial credible information exists, which establishes that funds may have been misappropriated and, potentially, fraud has been perpetrated by certain former officers of the Company. Under the confirmed Plan, any and all claims against former officers of the Company that may be asserted by or on behalf of the Company and its respective creditors and shareholders have been assigned to a litigation trust. NEW LITIGATION At the time of its bankruptcy filing, the Company was a party to certain lease agreements with General Electric Capital Corporation ("GECC"). GECC claimed that the Company owed $2,500,000 in post-bankruptcy charges. The Company argued that the lease agreements were disguised financing transactions and that GECC was only entitled to the return of its equipment and a ratable distribution of amounts payable to other unsecured creditors under the Company's plan. After a trial on the merits, the Bankruptcy Court ruled in favor of the Company with respect to its claim that the lease agreements were financing transactions, but reserved judgment on the extent to which GECC may be entitled to cash payments from the Company. The Company's management does not believe the Company's liability to GECC will exceed $500,000. Prior to the Company's bankruptcy filing, an audit was conducted by the Internal Revenue Service. An assessment was made for the years ended April 1998, 1997, 1996, and 1995 for an aggregate amount of F-38 VIDEO UPDATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION) NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) $3,000,000. Prior to confirmation of the Company's Plan, this claim was resolved for a one-time payment of $42,000. As of the date of the Company's bankruptcy filing, its books and records reflected a contingent liability for executive compensation and related taxes totaling more than $1,000,000. All or substantially all of this amount is related to a 1998 bonus approved by the Company's Board of Directors for its President at that time. In January 2001, the President at that time resigned his position with the Company and, pursuant to an Order of the Bankruptcy Court, was paid severance and other benefits in full and complete satisfaction of his claims against the Company. As a result, the Company believes that a further liability does not exist with respect to the 1998 bonus or any taxes which may have accrued in connection therewith. Subsequent to April 30, 2001, a former officer filed a lawsuit against the Company. This lawsuit arose out of a May 16, 2001 Separation and Release Agreement with the Company's former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer during the course of the Company's Chapter 11 restructuring. At this time, the Company is unable to state the likelihood of a favorable outcome in this case. However, the Company's legal counsel believes that the assessment of this claim is weak. A former employee named the Company as one of four defendants in a sexual harassment lawsuit. At the Company's request, the plaintiff has stipulated to staying her claims against the Company until 20 days after the proper venue for prosecuting the plaintiff's action is determined by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. At this time, the Company is unable to state the likelihood that this litigation will be allowed to proceed in the District of Minnesota, or the likelihood that the plaintiff will prevail on her claims. F-39 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION Effective December 21, 2001, we acquired 100% of the newly issued common stock of the reorganized Video Update under its plan of reorganization which was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on December 20, 2001. Video Update had been operating under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code since its voluntary bankruptcy filing on September 18, 2000. The acquisition of the newly issued common stock of Video Update was in satisfaction of all amounts owed by Video Update under a $6.5 million debtor-in-possession financing agreement between Video Update and us entered into in May 2001. In addition, we purchased senior secured debt of Video Update in May 2001 for $8.5 million, funded amounts due to secured and unsecured creditors in accordance with confirmation of the plan of reorganization totaling approximately $6.3 million, and assumed other post-bankruptcy filing liabilities of approximately $24.7 million. Video Update operates 324 video specialty stores in the United States and Canada. The unaudited pro forma statement of operations reflects the combination of the historical income statement of Movie Gallery for the fiscal year ended January 6, 2002, with the unaudited historical statement of operations of Video Update for the period from January 1, 2001 to December 20, 2001. The unaudited pro forma statement of operations was prepared as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2001. The unaudited pro forma statement of operations is not necessarily indicative of the actual results of operations had the acquisition occurred as of January 1, 2001, nor does it purport to indicate the results of future operations. The unaudited pro forma statement of operations should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes and the historical financial statements and notes of Movie Gallery and Video Update included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also review "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." The historical financial information of Video Update contained in this prospectus and used to create the pro forma financial data required by SEC regulations includes the results of operations of approximately 145 stores that were closed or disposed of by Video Update between January 1, 2001 and December 20, 2001. The historical financial information includes certain restructuring charges resulting from these closings and dispositions as well as the costs of operating the business during the bankruptcy proceedings. In addition, Video Update lacked certain internal accounting and management controls immediately prior to, and for a period of time following, the institution of bankruptcy proceedings and embezzlement and fraud may have been perpetrated by certain former officers of Video Update. Due to the factors described above, we believe that such historical and pro forma information may be of limited utility in considering the historical performance of Video Update and the impact of the acquisition on our future results. F-40 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 6, 2002
MOVIE VIDEO PRO FORMA GALLERY, INC. UPDATE, INC.(a) ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA ------------- --------------- ----------- --------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) Revenues: Rentals................................... $313,852 $ 95,459 $ -- $409,311 Product sales............................. 55,279 12,463 -- 67,742 -------- --------- -------- -------- Total revenues.................... 369,131 107,922 -- 477,053 Cost of sales: Cost of rental revenues................... 91,445 23,750 (4,940)(b) 110,255 Cost of product sales..................... 35,002 9,346 -- 44,348 -------- --------- -------- -------- Gross margin................................ 242,684 74,826 4,940 322,450 Operating costs and expenses: Store operating expenses.................. 171,409 78,780 (885)(c) 249,304 General and administrative................ 29,288(d) 11,178 (870)(c) 39,596 Amortization of intangibles............... 6,656 1,255 (1,255)(e) 6,656 Loss on store closures.................... -- 6,646 -- 6,646 Property and equipment valuation charge... -- 18,248 -- 18,248 Goodwill valuation charge................. -- 62,334 (62,334)(e) -- Stock option compensation(f).............. 8,161 -- -- 8,161 -------- --------- -------- -------- Operating income (loss)..................... 27,170 (103,615) 70,284 (6,161) Interest expense, net....................... (2,736) (216) (524)(g) (3,476) Other income, net........................... -- 396 -- 396 -------- --------- -------- -------- Income (loss) before reorganization items, income taxes and extraordinary item....... 24,434 (103,435) 69,760 (9,241) Reorganization items........................ -- (2,226) -- (2,226) -------- --------- -------- -------- Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary item........................ 24,434 (105,661) 69,760 (11,467) Income taxes................................ 9,901 -- (9,901)(h) -- -------- --------- -------- -------- Net income (loss) before extraordinary item...................................... $ 14,533 $(105,661) $ 79,661 $(11,467) ======== ========= ======== ======== Earnings (loss) per share before extraordinary item: Basic..................................... $ 0.56 $ (0.44) ======== ======== Diluted................................... $ 0.53 $ (0.44) ======== ======== Weighted average shares outstanding: Basic..................................... 25,837 25,837 Diluted................................... 27,220 25,837
See accompanying notes (unaudited). F-41 NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (a) Reflects the unaudited historical results of operations of Video Update for the period from January 1, 2001 to December 20, 2001. (b) Reflects the change in the amortization of rental inventory resulting from the adjustment of rental inventory to fair value in conjunction with the purchase price allocation. (c) Reflects the change in the depreciation of property, furnishings and equipment resulting from the adjustment of property, furnishings and equipment to fair value in conjunction with the purchase price allocation. (d) Includes a $1.6 million nonrecurring charge related to the amendment of a supply agreement with Rentrak Corporation. (e) Eliminates amortization of intangibles and goodwill valuation charges for the purchase price allocation. (f) Represents the non-cash charge associated with stock options that were repriced in March 2001 and were subsequently required to be accounted for as variable stock options. (g) Eliminates $216,000 of historical interest expense of Video Update and reflects $740,000 of interest expense for the additional advance under Movie Gallery's credit facility required to pay liabilities and long-term debt assumed in the acquisition. (h) Reflects the elimination of income tax expense of Movie Gallery resulting from the benefit to Movie Gallery of the operating loss of Video Update. F-42 [Inside Back Page] [Centered caption: "Store Locations"] [Right hand caption: "As of April 5, 2002, 1,462 stores in 41 states and 5 Canadian provinces."] [Map of states/provinces with store counts] [Bar Graph in lower right corner showing year end store count for 1998-2001, categorized by internally developed stores and number of acquired stores.] - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PROSPECTUS (MOVIE GALLERY LOGO) 8,250,000 SHARES COMMON STOCK Joint Book-Running Managers BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC. THOMAS WEISEL PARTNERS LLC ---------------------- MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY, INC. BB&T CAPITAL MARKETS SWS SECURITIES May , 2002 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION. Our expenses in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock described in this registration statement are set forth below. No expenses will be borne by the selling stockholders. All amounts except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq additional listing fee are estimated. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee......... $ 14,411 NASD filing fee............................................. $ 16,164 Printing and engraving expenses............................. $125,000 Legal fees and expenses..................................... $150,000 Accounting fees and expenses................................ $ 75,000 Transfer agent fees and expenses............................ $ 5,000 Nasdaq additional listing fee............................... $ 22,500 Miscellaneous............................................... $ 91,925 -------- TOTAL....................................................... $500,000 ========
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law makes provision for the indemnification of officers and directors of corporations in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify our officers and directors under certain circumstances from liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred arising under the Securities Act. As permitted by Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, no director shall be liable to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his fiduciary duty as a director. Delaware law does not permit the elimination of liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) in respect of certain unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions or repurchases or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit. The effect of this provision in our certificate of incorporation is to eliminate the rights of Movie Gallery and its stockholders, through stockholders' derivative suits on behalf of Movie Gallery, to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director thereof, including breaches resulting from negligent or grossly negligent behavior, except in the situations described in clauses (i)-(iv), inclusive, above. These provisions will not alter the liability of directors under federal securities laws. Our certificate of incorporation provides that we may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in our right by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of Movie Gallery or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that we may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or contemplated action or suit by or in our right to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the II-1 capacities set forth above, against expenses, including attorneys' fees, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted under similar standards, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to Movie Gallery unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnify for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that to the extent that one of our directors or officers has been successful in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in the previous paragraphs or in the defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses, including attorneys' fees, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith; that indemnification provided for in our certificate of incorporation shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the indemnified party may be entitled; and that we may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any of our directors or officers against any liability asserted against him or incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such whether or not we would have the power to indemnify him against such liabilities under the provisions of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES. In September 2001, we issued 30,600 shares of our common stock in connection with the exercise of a warrant. The aggregate price of the shares was $414,936. The issuance of those securities was deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 and was effected without an underwriting or the payment of any commission. ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. (a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION - ------- ----------- 1.1 -- Form of Underwriting Agreement. (1) 3.1 -- Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.(2) 3.2 -- Bylaws of the Company.(2) 4.1 -- Specimen Common Stock Certificate.(3) 5.1 -- Opinion of Troy & Gould Professional Corporation.(10) 10.1 -- 1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended and form of Stock Option Agreement.(4) 10.2 -- Form of Indemnity Agreement.(2) 10.3 -- Employment Agreement between M.G.A., Inc. and Joe Thomas Malugen.(2) 10.4 -- Employment Agreement between M.G.A., Inc. and H. Harrison Parrish.(2) 10.5 -- Employment Agreement between M.G.A., Inc. and J. Steven Roy.(5) 10.6 -- Employment Agreement between M.G.A., Inc. and S. Page Todd.(5) 10.7 -- Employment Agreement between M.G.A., Inc. and Jeffrey S. Stubbs.(6) 10.8 -- Assignment Agreement between BNP Paribas and Movie Gallery, Inc. dated May 2, 2001.(7) 10.9 -- Chapter 11 Financing Agreement between Video Update, Inc. and Movie Gallery, Inc. dated May 16, 2001.(7) 10.10 -- Credit Agreement between Movie Gallery, Inc. and SouthTrust Bank dated June 27, 2001.(7) 10.11 -- Plan of Reorganization of Video Update, Inc., et al., as amended on December 18, 2001.(8) 10.12 -- Amendment to Chapter 11 Financing Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2001, between Movie Gallery, Inc. and Video Update, Inc.(9)
II-2
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION - ------- ----------- 10.13 -- Amendment to Employment Agreement between M.G.A., Inc. and Joe Thomas Malugen.(10) 10.14 -- Amendment to Employment Agreement between M.G.A., Inc. and H. Harrison Parrish.(10) 21 -- List of Subsidiaries.(9) 23.1 -- Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.(1) 23.2 -- Consent of Singer Lewak Greenbaum & Goldstein, LLP.(1) 23.3 -- Consent of Troy & Gould Professional Corporation (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1). 24 -- Power of Attorney. (9)
- --------------- (1) Filed herewith. (2) Previously filed with the SEC on June 10, 1994, as an exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-80120). (3) Previously filed with the SEC on June 10, 1994, as an exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-80120). (4) Previously filed with the SEC on April 7, 1997, as an exhibit to our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 5, 1997. (5) Previously filed with the SEC on April 6, 1998, as an exhibit to our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 4, 1998. (6) Previously filed with the SEC on April 2, 2001, as an exhibit to our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000. (7) Previously filed with the SEC on August 15, 2001, as an exhibit to our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 1, 2001. (8) Previously filed with the SEC on January 7, 2002, as an exhibit to our Form 8-K/A dated December 21, 2001. (9) Previously filed with the SEC on April 11, 2002, as an exhibit to this Registration Statement. (10)Previously filed with the SEC on April 25, 2002, as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to this Registration Statement. (b) The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this Registration Statement: Reports of Independent Auditors on Financial Statement Schedule................................ S-1 Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves....................................... S-2
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS We hereby undertake that: 1. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of us in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether II-3 such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. 2. (i) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. (ii) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. II-4 SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Company has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Dothan, State of Alabama, on May 14, 2002. MOVIE GALLERY, INC. By: * ------------------------------------ Joe Thomas Malugen Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE --------- ----- ---- * Chief Executive Officer, President May 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------------ and Chairman of the Board Joe Thomas Malugen * Vice Chairman of the Board May 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------------ William B. Snow * Senior Vice President and Director May 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------------ H. Harrison Parrish /s/ J. STEVEN ROY Executive Vice President and Chief May 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------------ Financial Officer J. Steven Roy * Vice President and Controller May 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------------ Ivy M. Jernigan * Director May 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------------ Sanford C. Sigoloff * Director May 14, 2002 ------------------------------------------------ Philip B. Smith *By: /s/ J. STEVEN ROY ------------------------------------------ J. Steven Roy Attorney-in-Fact
II-5 REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS The Board of Directors and Stockholders Movie Gallery, Inc. We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Movie Gallery, Inc. as of December 31, 2000 and January 6, 2002 and for each of the three years in the period then ended, and have issued our report thereon dated February 14, 2002 (included elsewhere in this Registration Statement). Our audit also included the information as of January 6, 2002, and for the year then ended, included in the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement. This schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP Birmingham, Alabama February 14, 2002 S-1 MOVIE GALLERY, INC. SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
BALANCE AT ADDITIONS CHARGED BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, TO COSTS AND JANUARY 6, DESCRIPTION 2000 EXPENSES DEDUCTIONS(3) 2002 - ----------- ------------ ----------------- ------------- ---------- (IN THOUSANDS) Rental inventory reserve(1).............. $ -- $2,100 $ -- $2,100 Exit cost reserve(2)..................... $ -- $1,257 $(23) $1,234
- --------------- (1) Reserve is deducted from net book value of rental inventory in the balance sheet. (2) Reserve established in conjunction with Video Update acquisition. Includes employee termination costs, rent and utilities. (3) Actual payments made against exit cost reserve. S-2 EXHIBIT INDEX
EXHIBIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION - ------- ----------- 1.1 -- Form of Underwriting Agreement. (1) 3.1 -- Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.(2) 3.2 -- Bylaws of the Company.(2) 4.1 -- Specimen Common Stock Certificate.(3) 5.1 -- Opinion of Troy & Gould Professional Corporation.(10) 10.1 -- 1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended and form of Stock Option Agreement.(4) 10.2 -- Form of Indemnity Agreement.(2) 10.3 -- Employment Agreement between M.G.A., Inc. and Joe Thomas Malugen.(2) 10.4 -- Employment Agreement between M.G.A., Inc. and H. Harrison Parrish.(2) 10.5 -- Employment Agreement between M.G.A., Inc. and J. Steven Roy.(5) 10.6 -- Employment Agreement between M.G.A., Inc. and S. Page Todd.(5) 10.7 -- Employment Agreement between M.G.A., Inc. and Jeffrey S. Stubbs.(6) 10.8 -- Assignment Agreement between BNP Paribas and Movie Gallery, Inc. dated May 2, 2001.(7) 10.9 -- Chapter 11 Financing Agreement between Video Update, Inc. and Movie Gallery, Inc. dated May 16, 2001.(7) 10.10 -- Credit Agreement between Movie Gallery, Inc. and SouthTrust Bank dated June 27, 2001.(7) 10.11 -- Plan of Reorganization of Video Update, Inc., et al., as amended on December 18, 2001.(8) 10.12 -- Amendment to Chapter 11 Financing Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2001, between Movie Gallery, Inc. and Video Update, Inc.(9) 10.13 -- Amendment to Employment Agreement between M.G.A., Inc. and Joe Thomas Malugen.(10) 10.14 -- Amendment to Employment Agreement between M.G.A., Inc. and H. Harrison Parrish.(10) 21 -- List of Subsidiaries.(9) 23.1 -- Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.(1) 23.2 -- Consent of Singer Lewak Greenbaum & Goldstein, LLP.(1) 23.3 -- Consent of Troy & Gould Professional Corporation (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1). 24 -- Power of Attorney. (9)
- --------------- (1) Filed herewith. (2) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 10, 1994, as exhibits to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-80120). (3) Previously filed with the SEC on June 10, 1994, as an exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-80120). (4) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 7, 1997, as an exhibit to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 5, 1997. (5) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 6, 1998, as an exhibit to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 4, 1998. (6) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 2, 2001, as an exhibit to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000. (7) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 15, 2001, as an exhibit to the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 1, 2001. (8) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 7, 2002, as an exhibit to the Company's Form 8-K/A dated December 21, 2001. (9) Previously filed with the SEC on April 11, 2002, as an exhibit to this Registration Statement. (10)Previously filed with the SEC on April 25, 2002, as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to this Registration Statement. EX-1.1 3 d95687a2ex1-1.txt EXHIBIT 1.1 Exhibit 1.1 8,250,000 Shares of Common Stock MOVIE GALLERY, INC. UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT May __, 2002 BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC. THOMAS WEISEL PARTNERS LLC as Representatives of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I attached hereto c/o Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. 383 Madison Avenue New York, New York 10179 and Thomas Weisel Partners LLC One Montgomery Street, Suite 3700 San Francisco, California 94104 Ladies/Gentlemen: Movie Gallery, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (the "Company"), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell an aggregate of 3,900,000 shares of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the "Common Stock"), and certain stockholders of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (collectively, the "Selling Stockholders") severally propose, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to sell an aggregate of 4,350,000 outstanding shares of Common Stock, with each Selling Stockholder selling the number of shares set forth opposite such Selling Stockholder's name in Schedule II hereto in the column entitled "Number of Firm Shares to Be Sold" (such 8,250,000 shares of Common Stock being hereinafter referred to as the "Firm Shares") to the several underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters") and, for the sole purpose of covering over-allotments in connection with the sale of the Firm Shares, at the option of the Underwriters, H. Harrison Parrish ("Parrish") and Joe Thomas Malugen ("Malugen" and, together with Parrish, the "Over-Allotment Selling Stockholders") severally propose, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to sell up to an additional 1,237,500 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate (the "Additional Shares") with each Over-Allotment Selling Stockholder proposing to sell up to the number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite his name in Schedule II in the column entitled "Number of Additional Shares to Be Sold if Maximum Option Exercised". The Firm Shares and any Additional Shares purchased by the Underwriters are referred to herein as the "Shares". The Shares are more fully described in the Registration Statement referred to below. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ("Bear Stearns") and Thomas Weisel Partners LLC ("Thomas Weisel" and, together with Bear Stearns, the "Representatives") are acting as co-lead managers in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares (the "Offering"). 1. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date and each Additional Closing Date (each as defined in Section 2 below) that: (a) The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-86016), and amendments thereto, and related preliminary prospectuses for the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), of the Shares which registration statement, as so amended, has been declared effective by the Commission and copies of which have heretofore been delivered to the Underwriters. The registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the exhibits and information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A or 434(d) under the Securities Act, is hereinafter referred to as the "Registration Statement." If the Company has filed or is required pursuant to the terms hereof to file a registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act registering additional shares of Common Stock (a "Rule 462(b) Registration Statement"), then, unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to the term "Registration Statement" shall be deemed to include such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Other than a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of either the Registration Statement or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or threatened by the Commission. The Company, if required by the rules and regulations of the Commission (together, the "Rules and Regulations") or by the Securities Act, proposes to file the Prospectus with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act ("Rule 424(b)"). The prospectus, in the form in which it is to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations, or, if the prospectus is not to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), the prospectus in the form included as part of the Registration Statement at the time the Registration Statement became effective, is hereinafter referred to as the "Prospectus," except that if any revised prospectus or prospectus supplement shall be provided to the Underwriters by the Company for use in connection with the Offering which differs from the Prospectus (whether or not such revised prospectus or prospectus supplement is required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 424(b)), the term "Prospectus" shall refer to such revised prospectus or prospectus supplement, as the case may be, from and after the time it is first provided to the Underwriters for such use. Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus subject to completion included in the Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act is hereafter called a "Preliminary Prospectus." All references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, a Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include any copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System ("EDGAR"). (b) At the time of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the effectiveness of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, when the 2 Prospectus is first filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 434 under the Securities Act ("Rule 434"), when any supplement to or amendment of the Prospectus is filed with the Commission and at the Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date, if any (as hereinafter respectively defined), the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments thereof and supplements thereto complied or will comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact and did not and will not omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (i) in the case of the Registration Statement, not misleading and (ii) in the case of the Prospectus or any related Preliminary Prospectus in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. When any related Preliminary Prospectus was first filed with the Commission (whether filed as part of the Registration Statement for the registration of the Shares or any amendment thereto or pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act) and when any amendment thereof or supplement thereto was first filed with the Commission, such Preliminary Prospectus and any amendments thereof and supplements thereto complied in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. No representation and warranty is made in this subsection (b), however, with respect to any information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any related Preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein ("Underwriters' Information"). The parties acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters' Information consists solely of (i) the number of shares the Underwriters severally have agreed to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholders as set forth in the table under the first paragraph under the caption "UNDERWRITING" in the Prospectus and (ii) the material included in the first paragraph under the caption "UNDERWRITING -- Commissions and Discounts". If Rule 434 is used, the Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 434 and the Prospectus shall not be "materially different," as such term is used in Rule 434, from the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective. (c) Ernst & Young LLP, who have certified the financial statements and supporting schedules and information included in the Registration Statement, and Singer Lewak Greenbaum & Goldstein, LLP, who have certified certain financial statements and other information of Video Update, Inc. ("Video Update") that are included in the Registration Statement, each are independent public accountants as required by the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations. (d) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company has not paid any dividends on its capital stock, and there has been no material adverse change or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, in (i) the business, affairs, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, stockholders' equity or prospects of the Company and each subsidiary of the Company listed on 3 Exhibit 21 of the Registration Statement (the "Subsidiaries"), taken as a whole; (ii) the long-term debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries; (iii) the capital stock of the Company; (iv) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Prospectus; or (v) the validity or enforceability of the Company's obligations hereunder or thereunder (a "Material Adverse Change" or "Material Adverse Effect"). Since the date of the latest balance sheet presented in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has incurred or undertaken any liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any transactions which are material to the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except for liabilities or obligations which are reflected in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. (e) This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by the Company and this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company. (f) The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (i) conflict with, require consent under or result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement, instrument, franchise, license or permit to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or their respective properties, operations or assets may be bound, except for such conflicts, breaches or defaults or liens, charges or encumbrances as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) violate or conflict with any provision of the certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational documents of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or (iii) except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, violate or conflict with any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation of any court or any public, governmental or regulatory agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, operations or assets. No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration, filing, qualification, license or permit of or with any court or any public, governmental or regulatory agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, operations or assets, or any third party, is required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or by the Registration Statement and by the Prospectus, including the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares to be issued, sold and delivered hereunder, except the registration under the Securities Act of the Shares and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations, filings, qualifications, licenses and permits as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws or the by-laws and rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, each of which has been obtained. (g) The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospectus in the column entitled "Actual" under the caption 4 "Capitalization" and, after giving effect to the Offering and the other transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, will be as set forth in the column entitled "As Adjusted" under the caption "Capitalization". All of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and were not issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive or similar rights that entitle or will entitle any person to acquire from the Company or any Subsidiary upon the issuance or sale thereof any shares of Common Stock, any other equity security of the Company or any Subsidiaries and any security convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any shares of Common Stock or other such equity security (any "Relevant Security"), except for such rights as may have been fully satisfied or waived prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date, if any (as hereinafter respectively defined), have been duly and validly authorized and, when delivered in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will not have been issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive or similar rights that entitle or will entitle any person to acquire any Relevant Security from the Company or any Subsidiary upon issuance or sale of Shares in the Offering. The Common Stock, the Firm Shares and the Additional Shares conform to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. Except as disclosed in or specifically contemplated by the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has outstanding options to purchase, or any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell, any Relevant Security. (h) The Subsidiaries are the only subsidiaries of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Except for the Subsidiaries, the Company owns no ownership or other beneficial interest, directly or indirectly, in any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other business entity. All of the issued shares of capital stock of or other ownership interest in each of the Subsidiaries have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims. (i) Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has been duly organized and validly exists as a corporation, partnership or limited liability company in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company in each jurisdiction in which the character or location of its properties (owned, leased or licensed) or the nature or conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary, except for those failures to be so qualified or in good standing which will not in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has all requisite power and authority, and all necessary consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations, qualifications, licenses and permits (collectively, the "Consents") of and from all public, regulatory or governmental agencies and bodies and third parties, foreign and domestic, to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business as it is now being conducted and as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. No Consent contains a materially burdensome restriction not adequately disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. 5 (j) Except as described in the Prospectus, there is no legal, governmental or regulatory proceeding or other litigation to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or of which any property or operations of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is the subject which, singularly or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and, to the best of the Company's knowledge, no such proceeding or litigation is threatened or contemplated by any judicial, governmental or regulatory authority or other third party, foreign or domestic; and the defense of all such proceedings and litigation against or involving the Company or any of the Subsidiaries will not have a Material Adverse Effect. (k) Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates have taken, nor will any of them take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result in, or which constitutes or which might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of the shares of Common Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares. (l) The financial statements of the Company, including the notes thereto, and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the financial position as of the dates indicated and the cash flows and results of operations for the periods specified of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, and the financial statements of Video Update, including the notes thereto, and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the financial position as of the dates indicated and the cash flows and results of operations for the periods specified of Video Update and its consolidated subsidiaries; except as otherwise stated in the Registration Statement, the financial statements of the Company and the financial statements of Video Update have been prepared on a basis consistent with that of the books and records of the Company and Video Update, as the case may be, and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein. The other financial and statistical information and data included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus present fairly the information included therein and have been prepared on a basis consistent with that of the financial statements that are included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and the books and records of the respective entities presented therein. (m) The pro forma and as adjusted financial information included in the Prospectus has been properly compiled, and prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the Rules and Regulations and includes all adjustments necessary to present fairly in all material respects the pro forma financial position of the respective entity or entities presented therein at the respective dates indicated and the results of their operations for the respective periods specified. There are no historical or pro forma financial statements which are required to be included in the Registration Statement and Prospectus in accordance with Regulation S-X which have not been included as so required. (n) The assumptions used in preparing the pro forma and as adjusted financial information included in each of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions or events described therein, the related pro forma and as adjusted adjustments give appropriate 6 effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma and as adjusted columns therein reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the corresponding historical financial statement amounts. (o) The Common Stock is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and the outstanding shares of Common Stock (including the Shares) are listed for quotation on the NASDAQ (as defined in Section 11(b) below), and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act or de-listing the Common Stock from the NASDAQ, nor has the Company received any notification that the SEC or the NASDAQ is contemplating terminating such registration or listing. (p) There are no contracts or other documents (including, without limitation, any voting agreement), which are required to be described in the Prospectus or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the Rules and Regulations and which have not been so described or filed. (q) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, no holder of securities of the Company has any rights to the registration of securities of the Company because of the filing of the Registration Statement or otherwise in connection with the sale of the Shares contemplated hereby, and any such rights so disclosed have either been fully complied with by the Company or effectively waived by the holders thereof. (r) The Company has not prior to the date hereof offered or sold any securities which would be "integrated" with the offer and sale of the Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement. (s) The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources which the Company reasonably believes to be reliable and accurate. (t) No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among any of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, on the one hand, and any director, officer, stockholder, customer or supplier of any of them, on the other hand, which is required by the Securities Act or by the Rules and Regulations to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which is not so described or is not described as required. (u) The Company and its Subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. (v) The Company is not and, upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and after giving effect to the application of net proceeds of the Offering and the other transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, will not 7 be, subject to registration as an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. (w) Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries owns or leases all such properties as are necessary to the conduct of its business as presently operated and proposed to be operated as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Company and the Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property by the Company and the Subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease or sublease by the Company and the Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and the Subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has received any notice of any claim adverse to its ownership of any material real or personal property or of any claim against the continued possession of any material real property, whether owned or held under lease or sublease by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries. (x) Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has accurately prepared and timely filed all federal, state and other tax returns that are required to be filed by it and has paid or made provision for the payment of all taxes, assessments, governmental or other similar charges, including without limitation, all sales and use taxes and all taxes which the Company and each of the Subsidiaries is obligated to withhold from amounts owing to employees, creditors and third parties, with respect to the periods covered by such tax returns (whether or not such amounts are shown as due on any tax return), other than taxes being contested in good faith or for which adequate reserves have been provided, or those currently payable without penalty or interest. No deficiency assessment with respect to a proposed adjustment of the Company's or any of the Subsidiaries' Federal, state, or other taxes is pending or, to the best of the Company's knowledge, threatened. There is no tax lien, whether imposed by any federal, state or other taxing authority, outstanding against any material asset, property or business of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries. (y) Neither the Company, any of the Subsidiaries nor, to the Company's knowledge, any of its employees or agents has at any time during the last five years (i) made any unlawful contribution to any candidate for foreign office, or failed to disclose fully any contribution in violation of law or (ii) made any payment to any federal or state governmental officer or official, or other person charged with similar public or quasi-public duties, other than payments required or permitted by the laws of the United States of any jurisdiction thereof. (z) Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries (i) is in violation of its charter or by-laws, (ii) is in default (and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default) under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its property or assets is subject or (iii) is in violation in any respect of any statute or any judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental or regulatory agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their 8 properties or assets, except any violation or default that would not have a Material Adverse Effect. (aa) To the best of the Company's knowledge, the Company and each of the Subsidiaries owns or possesses adequate right to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, formulae, customer lists, and know-how and other intellectual property (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) (collectively, the "Intellectual Property") necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as being conducted and as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus and have no reason to believe that the conduct of their respective businesses will conflict with, and have not received any notice of any claim of conflict with, any such right of others. To the best of the Company's knowledge, there is no infringement by third parties of any such Intellectual Property; there is no pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company's or any Subsidiary's rights in or to any such Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; and there is no pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company infringes or otherwise violates any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary rights of others, and the Company is unaware of any other fact which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim. (bb) No labor disturbance by the employees of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries exists or, to the best of the Company's knowledge, is imminent and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or any Subsidiary's principal suppliers, manufacturers', customers or contractors, which, in either case, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. (cc) No "prohibited transaction" (as defined in Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder ("ERISA"), or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the "Code"), or "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA) or any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA (other than events with respect to which the 30-day notice requirement under Section 4043 of ERISA has been waived) has occurred with respect to any employee benefit plan which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; each employee benefit plan is in compliance in all material respects with applicable law; including ERISA and the Code; the Company has not incurred and does not expect to incur liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of, or withdrawal from any "pension plan;" and each "pension plan" (as defined in ERISA) for which the Company would have any liability that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified in all material respects and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which could cause the loss of such qualification. (dd) There has been no storage, generation, transportation, handling, treatment, disposal, discharge, emission, or other release of any kind of toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances by, due to, or caused by the Company (or, to the Company's knowledge, any other entity for whose acts or omissions the Company is or may be liable) upon 9 any property of any person or entity, including without limitation, any property now or previously owned or leased by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, which would be a violation of any statute or any ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit or which would, under any statute or any ordinance, rule (including rule of common law), regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit, or which would give rise to any liability, except for any violation or liability which would not reasonably be expected to have, singularly or in the aggregate with all such violations and liabilities, a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no disposal discharge, emission or other release of any kind onto such property or into the environment surrounding such property of any toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances with respect to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries has knowledge. The Company has not agreed to assume, undertake or provide indemnification for any liability of any other person under any Environmental Law, including any obligation for cleanup or remedial action, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. (ee) The Company and the Subsidiaries possess such permits, franchises, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, "Governmental Licenses") issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated or proposed to be operated by them as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess any such Governmental License would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and the Subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure to so comply would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect. All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except where the invalidity of any such Government License or failure of such Governmental License to be in full force and effect would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which if revoked or modified would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect. (ff) The Company and the Subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged. All policies of insurance insuring the Company and the Subsidiaries or their businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors and managers are in full force and effect. The Company and the Subsidiaries are in compliance with such terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects. There are no claims by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause where such denial of liability would have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. 10 (gg) By order entered December 20, 2001 (the "Confirmation Order"), the Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware confirmed that certain plan of reorganization of Video Update, dated July 31, 2001, as modified prior to such entry (the "Plan"). The Plan became effective and was fully consummated on December 21, 2001. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company acquired 100% of the capital stock of reorganized Video Update. All creditors of Video Update received notice of (i) Video Update's bankruptcy, (ii) any bar date established in Video Update's bankruptcy case, and (iii) the Plan. No party in interest has filed any appeal or motion, or to the knowledge of the Company, has threatened to file or is contemplating filing, any appeal or motion, in each case, with respect to the entry of the Confirmation Order (including without limitation a motion to stay or modify the Confirmation Order). No stay of the Confirmation Order is or has been in effect. The Confirmation Order has not been modified. Any certificate signed by or on behalf of the Company and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters' shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby. 2. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholders. Each Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that: (a) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder and is a valid and binding agreement of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnification hereunder may be limited by applicable law and except as the enforcement hereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable principles. (b) The Custody Agreement (as defined below) and the Power of Attorney (as defined below) have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and are valid and binding agreements of such Selling Stockholder enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as rights to indemnification thereunder may be limited by applicable law and except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable principles. (c) The execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of, and the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under, this Agreement, the Custody Agreement signed by such Selling Stockholder and the Company, as Custodian, relating to the deposit of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder (the "Custody Agreement") and the Power of Attorney appointing certain individuals as such Selling Stockholder's attorneys-in-fact to the extent set forth therein, relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement (the "Power of Attorney"), and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not contravene any provision of applicable law, any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Selling Stockholder or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement or the Custody Agreement or the Power of Attorney of such 11 Selling Stockholder, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares. (d) Certificates in negotiable form for such Selling Stockholder's Shares have been placed in custody, for delivery pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, under the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney, and the shares of Common Stock represented by the certificates so held in custody for such Selling Stockholder are subject to the interests hereunder of the Underwriters and the Company. The arrangements for custody and delivery of such certificates, made by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and under the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney are not subject to termination by any acts of the Selling Stockholder, or by operation of law, whether by death or incapacity of any person acting on behalf of the Selling Stockholder or the occurrence of any other event, and if such death, incapacity or any other such event shall occur before the delivery of the Selling Stockholder's Shares hereunder, certificates for such Shares will be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney as if such death, incapacity or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether the Custodian shall have received notice of such death, incapacity or other event. (e) Each Selling Stockholder has valid title to, and is the owner of record in the stock records of the Company of, the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement. The Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement are certificated securities in registered form and are not held by or through any securities intermediary within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York (the "NYUCC"). Such Selling Stockholder has, and, at the Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date, if applicable, will have, full right, power and authority to hold, sell, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder. Upon the delivery to the Depository Trust Company ("DTC") or its agent of the Shares registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC against payment by the several Underwriters therefor, and the crediting by DTC of the Shares to the securities accounts of the several Underwriters with DTC, DTC will be a "protected purchaser" of the Shares (as defined in Section 8-303 of the NYUCC) and will acquire its interest in the Shares (including, without limitation, all rights that such Selling Stockholders had or has the power to transfer in such Shares) free of any adverse claim (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(1) of the NYUCC) assuming neither DTC nor any Underwriter has notice of any adverse claim. The Underwriters will acquire valid security entitlements (within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the NYUCC) in respect of the Shares to be purchased by them, and no action (whether framed in conversion, replevin, constructive trust, equitable lien, or other theory) based on an adverse claim to such Shares may be asserted against the Underwriters assuming they have no notice of any adverse claim. (f) Such Selling Stockholder does not directly or indirectly have any registration or other similar rights to have any equity or debt securities registered for sale by the Company under the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement, other than as described in the Registration Statement and as have been waived in writing in connection with the offering contemplated hereby. (g) The Selling Stockholder (i) does not directly or indirectly have any preemptive right, co-sale right or right of first refusal or other similar right to purchase any of the 12 Shares that are to be sold by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) does not directly or indirectly own any warrants, options or similar rights to acquire, and does not directly or indirectly have any right or arrangement to acquire, any capital stock, rights, warrants, options or other securities from the Company, other than as described in the Registration Statement. (h) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken, and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result in, or which constitutes or which might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of the shares of Common Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares. (i) At the time of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the effectiveness of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, when the Prospectus is first filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 434, when any supplement to or amendment of the Prospectus is filed with the Commission and at the Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date, if any, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments thereof and supplements thereto did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact and did not and will not omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (i) in the case of the Registration Statement, not misleading and (ii) in the case of the Prospectus or any related Preliminary Prospectus in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. When any related Preliminary Prospectus was first filed with the Commission (whether filed as part of the Registration Statement for the registration of the Shares or any amendment thereto or pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act) and when any amendment thereof or supplement thereto was first filed with the Commission, such Preliminary Prospectus and any amendments thereof and supplements thereto did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. No representation and warranty is made in this subsection (i), however, with respect to any information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any related Preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriters' Information, it being understood and agreed that the only such information is that described as such in the penultimate sentence of Section 1(b). (j) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between such Selling Stockholder and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against such Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder's fee or other like payment in connection with this offering. (k) Such Selling Stockholder, without independent verification, has no reason to believe that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 1 hereof are not true and correct, is familiar with the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and has no knowledge of any material fact, condition or information not disclosed in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which has had or may reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, individually or taken as a whole, and is not prompted to sell any of the Shares by any information concerning the Company which is not set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. 13 (l) Each certificate signed by any officer or other representative of such Selling Stockholder and delivered to the Underwriters or Underwriters' Counsel pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby. 3. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of the Shares. (a) On the basis of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and the Selling Stockholders agree to sell to each Underwriter and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholders, at a purchase price per share of $_______, the number of Firm Shares set forth below the caption "Company" or "Selling Stockholders", as the case may be, and opposite the respective names of the Underwriters on Schedule I hereto plus any additional number of Shares which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof. (b) Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, the Shares shall be made at the office of Latham & Watkins, 633 West Fifth Street, Los Angeles, California 90071 ("Underwriters' Counsel"), or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the third or fourth business day (as permitted under Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act) (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 hereof) following the date of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (or, if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations, the third or fourth business day (as permitted under Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act) after the determination of the initial public offering price of the Shares), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called the "Closing Date"). Payment for the Shares shall be made to or upon the order of the Company of the purchase price by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds to the Company and the Selling Stockholders upon delivery of certificates for the Shares to the Representatives through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters against receipt therefor signed by the Representatives. Certificates for the Shares to be delivered to the Representatives shall be registered in such name or names and shall be in such denominations as the Representatives may request at least one business day before the Closing Date. The Company and the Selling Stockholders will permit the Representatives to examine and package such certificates for delivery at least one full business day prior to the Closing Date. (c) In addition, the Over-Allotment Selling Stockholders hereby grant to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, the option to purchase up to 1,237,500 Additional Shares in the aggregate at the same purchase price per share to be paid by the Underwriters to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for the Firm Shares as set forth in this Section 3, for the sole purpose of covering over-allotments in the sale of Firm Shares by the Underwriters. This option may be exercised at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part on one or more occasions, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, 14 by written notice by the Representatives to the Over-Allotment Selling Stockholders. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Additional Shares as to which the option is being exercised, each Over-Allotment Selling Stockholder's pro rata proportion of such Additional Shares, and the date and time, as reasonably determined by the Representatives, when the Additional Shares are to be delivered (any such date and time being herein sometimes referred to as the "Additional Closing Date"); provided, however, that the Additional Closing Date shall not be earlier than the Closing Date or earlier than the second full business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised nor later than the eighth full business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof). Certificates for the Additional Shares shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representatives may request in writing at least one full business day prior to the Additional Closing Date. The Company will permit the Representatives to examine and package such certificates for delivery at least one full business day prior to the Additional Closing Date. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Additional Shares, each Underwriter, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Additional Shares then being purchased which the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereof) bears to the total number of Firm Shares being purchased from the Company and the Selling Stockholders, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make. Payment for the Additional Shares shall be made to or upon the order of the Company of the purchase price by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds to the Over-Allotment Selling Stockholders at the offices of Underwriters' Counsel, or such other location as may be mutually acceptable, upon delivery of the certificates for the Additional Shares to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters. 4. Offering. Upon authorization of the release of the Firm Shares by the Representatives, the Underwriters propose to offer the Shares for sale to the public upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus. 5. Covenants of the Company and the Selling Stockholders. The Company covenants and agrees with the Underwriters and the Selling Stockholders that: (a) If the Registration Statement has not yet been declared effective the Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto to become effective as promptly as possible, and if Rule 430A is used or the filing of the Prospectus is otherwise required under Rule 424(b) or Rule 434, the Company will file the Prospectus (properly completed if Rule 430A has been used) pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the prescribed time period and will provide evidence satisfactory to the Representatives of such timely filing. If the Company elects to rely on Rule 434, the Company will prepare and file a term sheet that complies with the requirements of Rule 434. The Company will notify the Representatives immediately (and, if requested by the Representatives, will confirm such notice in writing) (i) when the Registration Statement and 15 any amendments thereto become effective, (ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment of or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for any additional information, (iii) of the Company's intention to file or prepare any supplement, revision or amendment to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, (iv) of the mailing or the delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment of or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, (v) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceedings therefor, it being understood that the Company shall make every effort to avoid the issuance of any such stop order, (v) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, and (vi) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose. If the Commission shall propose or enter a stop order at any time, the Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any such stop order and, if issued, to obtain the lifting of such order as soon as possible. The Company will not file any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment of or supplement to the Prospectus (including the prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 434) that differs from the prospectus on file at the time of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement before or after the effective date of the Registration Statement to which the Representatives shall reasonably object in writing after being timely furnished in advance a copy thereof. (b) The Company shall comply with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act to permit completion of the distribution as contemplated in this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Shares is required to be delivered under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act in connection with the sales of Shares, any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would, in the judgment of the Underwriters (based on advice from Underwriters' Counsel) or the Company, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at the time of delivery to the purchaser, not misleading, or if it shall be necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Prospectus or Registration Statement to comply with the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations, the Company will notify the Representatives promptly and prepare and file with the Commission, subject to the second paragraph of Section 5(a) hereof, an appropriate amendment or supplement (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives) which will correct such statement or omission and will use its best efforts to have any amendment to the Registration Statement declared effective as soon as possible. (c) The Company will promptly deliver to each of the Underwriters and Underwriters' Counsel a signed copy of the Registration Statement, including all consents and exhibits filed therewith and all amendments thereto, and the Company will promptly deliver to each of the Underwriters such number of copies of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, and all amendments of and supplements to such documents, if any, as the Representatives may reasonably request. Prior to 10:00 A.M., New York time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time thereafter, the Company will furnish the Underwriters with copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request. 16 (d) The Company shall promptly deliver to each of the Underwriters and to Underwriters' Counsel copies of the Preliminary Prospectus, and the Company consents to the use and delivery of the Preliminary Prospectus by the Underwriters in accordance with Rule 430 and Section 5(b) of the Securities Act. The Company shall also furnish to each of the Underwriters copies of the Final Prospectus in such quantities as reasonably requested by any of the Underwriters. (e) The Company will use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Representatives, at or prior to the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement, to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws relating to the offering or sale of the Shares of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualification in effect for so long as required for the distribution thereof; except that in no event shall the Company be obligated in connection therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service of process. (f) The Company will make generally available to its security holders and to the Underwriters as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than eighteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Securities Act), an earnings statement of the Company and the Subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158). (g) During the period of 90 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, issue, sell, offer or agree to sell, grant any option for the sale of, pledge, make any short sale or maintain any short position, establish or maintain a "put equivalent position" (within the meaning of Rule 16-a-1(h) under the Exchange Act), enter into any swap, derivative transaction or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock (whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock, other securities, cash or other consideration) or otherwise dispose of, any Common Stock (or any securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for Common Stock) or interest therein of the Company or of any of the Subsidiaries, and the Company will obtain the undertaking of each of its directors and such of its stockholders as have been heretofore designated by the Representatives and listed on Schedule III hereto, not to engage in any of the aforementioned transactions on their own behalf during the period of 90 days from the date of the Prospectus, other than the sale of Shares hereunder by the Company and the Selling Stockholders, and the Company's issuance of Common Stock upon (i) the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding on the date hereof; (ii) the exercise of currently outstanding options; and (iii) the grant and exercise of options under, or the issuance and sale of shares pursuant to, employee stock option plans in effect on the date hereof. In addition, each Selling Stockholder agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, it will not, during the period ending 90 days after the date of the Prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock. 17 (h) During the period of five years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Company will furnish to the Representatives copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to security holders, and will deliver to the Representatives (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and the Subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its security holders generally or to the Commission). (i) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as set forth under the caption "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus. (j) The Company will use its best efforts to maintain the listing of the Shares on the NASDAQ. (k) The Company, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15 of the Exchange Act within the time periods required by the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. 6. Payment of Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company hereby agrees to pay all costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders hereunder, including the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company's and the Selling Stockholders' counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of producing any agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the blue sky memoranda, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(e) hereof, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the blue sky survey; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the NASDAQ; (v) all travel expenses of the Company's officers and employees and any other expense of the Company incurred in connection with attending or hosting meetings with prospective purchasers of the Shares; (vi) any stock transfer taxes incurred in connection with this Agreement or the Offering; and (vii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, securing any required review by the NASD of the terms of the sale of the Shares. The Company also will pay or cause to be paid: (i) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (ii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; and (iii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its and the Selling Stockholders' respective obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 6. It is understood, 18 however, that except as provided in this Section, and Sections 8 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel and stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6, in the event that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 7 or 12(b) hereof, or subsequent to a Material Adverse Change, the Company will pay all reasonable out-of pocket expenses of the Underwriters incurred in connection herewith. 7. Conditions of Underwriters' Obligations. The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Shares and the Additional Shares, as provided herein, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company herein contained, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (for purposes of this Section 7 "Closing Date" shall refer to the Closing Date for the Firm Shares and any Additional Closing Date, if different, for the Additional Shares), to the absence from any certificates, opinions, written statements or letters furnished to the Representatives or to Underwriters' Counsel pursuant to this Section 7 of any misstatement or omission, to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of their respective obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional terms and conditions: (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 5:30 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement, or at such later time and date as shall have been consented to in writing by the Representatives; if the Company shall have elected to rely upon Rule 430A or Rule 434 of the Regulations, the Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission in a timely fashion in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and a form of the Prospectus containing information relating to the description of the Shares and the method of distribution and similar matters shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the applicable time period; and, at or prior to the Closing Date no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereof shall have been issued and no proceedings therefor shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission. (b) At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received (i) the written opinion of Troy & Gould Professional Corporation, counsel for the Company and the Selling Stockholders, dated the Closing Date addressed to the Underwriters in the form attached hereto as Annex I and (ii) the written opinion of S. Page Todd, in house counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date addressed to the Underwriters in the form attached hereto as Annex II. (c) At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received (i) the written opinion of Goodmans LLP, Canadian counsel for the Company and its Subsidiaries, dated the Closing Date addressed to the Underwriters in the form attached hereto as Annex III and (ii) the written opinion of Stewart McKelvey Stirling Scales, Canadian counsel for the Company and its Subsidiaries, dated the Closing Date addressed to the Underwriters in the form attached hereto as Annex IV. (d) All proceedings taken in connection with the sale of the Firm Shares and the Additional Shares as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and to Underwriters' Counsel, and the Underwriters shall have received from 19 Underwriters' Counsel a favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Shares, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and such other related matters as the Representatives may require, and the Company shall have furnished to Underwriters' Counsel such documents as they may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters. (e) At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date to the effect that (i) the condition set forth in subsection (a) of this Section 7 has been satisfied, (ii) as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 1 hereof are accurate, (iii) as of the Closing Date all agreements, conditions and obligations of the Company to be performed or complied with hereunder on or prior thereto have been duly performed or complied with, (iv) the Company and the Subsidiaries have not sustained any material loss or interference with their respective businesses or properties from fire, flood, hurricane, accident or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or any legal or governmental proceeding, (v) subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus there has not been any Material Adverse Change, except in each case as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus, and (vi) there are no historical or pro forma financial statements which are required to be included in the Registration Statement and Prospectus in accordance with Regulation S-X which have not been included as so required. (f) The Representatives shall have received a comfort letter from each of (i) Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants for the Company, and (ii) Singer Lewak Greenbaum and Goldstein, LLP, independent public accountants for Video Update, at the time this Agreement is executed and at the Closing Date, dated as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, respectively, addressed to the Underwriters and in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters and Underwriters' counsel; provided, however, that the comfort letters delivered on the Closing Date shall use a "cut-off date" not earlier than the date hereof. (g) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereof) and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company and the Subsidiaries individually or taken as a whole, including, without limitation, the occurrence of a fire, flood, explosion or other calamity at any of the properties owned or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the effect of which, in any such case described above, is, in the judgment of the Underwriters, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement). (h) The Representatives shall have also received a lock-up agreement from each person who is a director of the Company and each stockholder as shall have been heretofore designated by the Representatives and listed on Schedule III hereto, substantially in 20 the form attached hereto as Annex V, and each such lock-up agreement shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date. (i) At the Closing Date, the Shares shall have been approved for quotation on the NASDAQ. (j) At the Closing Date, the NASD shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements. (k) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the next business day succeeding the date of this Agreement. (l) The Company shall have furnished the Underwriters and Underwriters' Counsel with such other certificates, opinions or other documents as they may have reasonably requested. (m) The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date, if applicable, a certificate, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as applicable, and signed by the Attorney-in-Fact of each Selling Stockholder, to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Selling Stockholders contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as applicable, and that the Selling Stockholders have complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as applicable. (n) On the date hereof, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished for review by the Representatives copies of the Powers of Attorney and Custody Agreements executed by each of the Selling Stockholders and such further information, certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request. (o) In the event the Underwriters exercise their option to purchase the Additional Shares, all of the conditions in this Section 7 must be satisfied in connection with such Additional Shares on or prior to the Additional Closing Date. If any of the conditions specified in this Section 7 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required by this Agreement, or if any of the certificates, opinions, written statements or letters furnished to the Representatives or to Underwriters' Counsel pursuant to this Section 7 shall not be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and to Underwriters' Counsel, all obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be cancelled by the Representatives at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date and the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Additional Shares may be cancelled by the Representatives at, or at any time prior to, the Additional Closing Date. Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Company in writing, or by telephone. Any such telephone notice shall be confirmed promptly thereafter in writing. 8. Indemnification. 21 (a) The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever as incurred (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees and any and all expenses whatsoever incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation), joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement for the registration of the Shares, as originally filed or any amendment thereof, or any related preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any supplement thereto or amendment thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent but only to the extent that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with the written information furnished to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter consists of the Underwriters' Information. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have including under this Agreement. The foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter who failed to deliver a Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented, provided by the Company to the several Underwriters in the requisite quantity and on a timely basis to permit proper delivery on or prior to the Closing Date) to the person asserting any losses, claims, damages and liabilities and judgments caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, if such material misstatement or omission or alleged material misstatement or omission was cured, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a decision not subject to further appeal, in such Prospectus and such Prospectus was required by law to be delivered at or prior to the written confirmation of sale to such person. (b) Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses whatsoever as incurred (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees and any and all expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation), joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement for the registration of the Shares, as originally filed or any amendment thereof, or any related 22 preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any supplement thereto or amendment thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that with respect to the Selling Stockholders that are not the Over-Allotment Selling Stockholders (such Selling Stockholders referred to herein as the "Other Selling Stockholders"), such Other Selling Stockholders will only be liable under this Section 8(b) to the extent that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (or actions in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the registration statement for the registration of the Shares, as originally filed or any amendment thereof, or any related preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any supplement thereto or amendment thereof, in reliance upon and in conformity with the written information furnished by or on behalf of such Other Selling Stockholders to the Company specifically for use therein; provided, further that the Selling Stockholders will not be liable in any such case to the extent but only to the extent that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with the written information furnished to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter consists of the Underwriters' Information. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have including under this Agreement. The foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter who failed to deliver a Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented, provided by the Company to the several Underwriters in the requisite quantity and on a timely basis to permit proper delivery on or prior to the Closing Date) to the person asserting any losses, claims, damages and liabilities and judgments caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, if such material misstatement or omission or alleged material misstatement or omission was cured, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a decision not subject to further appeal, in such Prospectus and such Prospectus was required by law to be delivered at or prior to the written confirmation of sale to such person. (c) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of the directors of the Company, each of the officers of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement, each other person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each of the Selling Stockholders, against any losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever as incurred (including but not limited to attorneys' fees and any and all expenses whatsoever incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation), joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement for the registration of the Shares, as originally filed or any amendment thereof, or any related preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or 23 supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with the written information furnished to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter consists of the Underwriters' Information. This indemnity will be in addition to any liability which any Underwriter may otherwise have including under this Agreement. (d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above of notice of any claims or the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify each party against whom indemnification is to be sought in writing of the claim or the commencement thereof (but the failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have under this Section 8 to the extent that it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability that such indemnifying party may have otherwise than on account of the indemnity agreement hereunder). In case any such claim or action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party may participate, at its own expense in the defense of such action, and to the extent it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the written consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party or parties unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by one of the indemnifying parties in connection with the defense of such action, (ii) the indemnifying parties shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such action within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, (iii) the indemnifying party does not diligently defend the action after assumption of the defense, or (iv) such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to those available to one or all of the indemnifying parties (in which case the indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such fees and expenses shall be borne by the indemnifying parties. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened investigation, action or proceeding in respect of which indemnity or contribution may be or could have been sought hereunder by the indemnified party, unless (x) such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of the indemnified party, and (y) the indemnifying party confirms in writing its indemnification obligations hereunder with respect to such settlement, compromise or judgment. 24 (e) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the aggregate liability of each Selling Stockholder under the indemnity provisions of this Section 8, under the contribution provisions of this Section 9 or for losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based upon a breach by such Selling Stockholder of the representations and warranties contained in Section 2(i), shall be limited to an amount equal to the aggregate gross proceeds, net of underwriting discounts, received by such Selling Stockholder from the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder. 9. Contribution. In order to provide for contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in Section 8 hereof is for any reason held to be unavailable from any indemnifying party or is insufficient to hold harmless a party indemnified thereunder, the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters shall contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses of the nature contemplated by such indemnification provision (including any investigation, legal and other expenses incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claims asserted, but after deducting, in the case of losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses suffered by the Company, any contribution received by the Company from persons, other than the Underwriters, who may also be liable for contribution, including persons who control the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, officers of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and directors of the Company) as incurred to which the Company, the Selling Stockholders and one or more of the Underwriters may be subject, in such proportions as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or, if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (x) the total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand bears to (y) the underwriting discount received by the Underwriters on the other hand, respectively, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other hand and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 9 shall be deemed to include any legal or 25 other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, (i) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares are underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and (ii) no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 9, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each person, if any, who controls the Company and the Selling Stockholders within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company and the Selling Stockholders, subject in each case to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 9. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties, notify each party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify such party or parties shall not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have under this Section 9 or otherwise. The obligations of the Underwriters to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares purchased by each of the Underwriters hereunder and not joint. The obligations of the Selling Stockholders to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares sold by each of the Selling Stockholders hereunder and not joint. 10. Default by an Underwriter. (a) If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligation to purchase Firm Shares or Additional Shares hereunder, and if the Firm Shares or Additional Shares with respect to which such default relates do not (after giving effect to arrangements, if any, made by the Representatives pursuant to subsection (b) below) exceed in the aggregate 10% of the number of Firm Shares or Additional Shares, the Firm Shares or Additional Shares to which the default relates shall be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters in proportion to the respective proportions which the numbers of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I hereto bear to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of the non-defaulting Underwriters. (b) In the event that such default relates to more than 10% of the Firm Shares or Additional Shares, as the case may be, the Representatives may in their discretion arrange for them or for another party or parties (including any non-defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters who so agree) to purchase such Firm Shares or Additional Shares, as the case may be, to which such default relates on the terms contained herein. In the event that within five calendar days after such a default the Representatives do not arrange for the purchase of the Firm 26 Shares or Additional Shares, as the case may be, to which such default relates as provided in this Section 10, this Agreement or, in the case of a default with respect to the Additional Shares, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Over-Allotment Selling Stockholders to sell the Additional Shares shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of the Company with respect thereto (except in each case as provided in Sections 6, 8(a) and 9 hereof) or the Underwriters (except in the case as provided in Sections 8(c) and 9 hereof), or the Selling Stockholders (except in the case as provided in Sections 8(b), 8(e) and 9 hereof), but nothing in this Agreement shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters of its or their liability, if any, to the other Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders for damages occasioned by its or their default hereunder. (c) In the event that the Firm Shares or Additional Shares to which the default relates are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid, the Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be for a period, not exceeding five business days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which, in the opinion of Underwriters' Counsel, may thereby be made necessary or advisable. The term "Underwriter" as used in this Agreement shall include any party substituted under this Section 10 with like effect as if it had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Firm Shares and Additional Shares. 11. Survival of Representations and Agreements. All representations and warranties, covenants and agreements of the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company or any Subsidiary submitted pursuant hereto, including the agreements contained in Section 6, the indemnity agreements contained in Section 8 and the contribution agreements contained in Section 9, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person thereof or by or on behalf of the Company, any of its officers and directors or any controlling person thereof or by the Selling Stockholders, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares to and by the Underwriters. The representations contained in Section 1 and the agreements contained in Sections 6, 8, 9 and 12(e) hereof shall survive the termination of this Agreement, including termination pursuant to Section 10 or 12 hereof. 12. Effective Date of Agreement; Termination. (a) This Agreement shall become effective, upon the later of (i) receipt by the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders of notification of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or (ii) the execution of this Agreement. If either the initial public offering price or the purchase price per Share has not been agreed upon prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the fifth full business day after the Registration Statement shall have become effective, this Agreement shall thereupon terminate without liability to the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters except as herein expressly provided. Until this Agreement becomes effective as aforesaid, it may be terminated by the Company or any Selling Stockholder by notifying the Representatives or by the Representatives by notifying 27 the Company and the Selling Stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 12 and of Sections 1, 6, 8 and 9 hereof shall at all times be in full force and effect. (b) The Representatives shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the Closing Date or the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Additional Shares at any time prior to the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, (A) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in the opinion of the Representatives will in the immediate future materially disrupt, the market for the Company's securities or securities in general; or (B) if trading on The New York Stock Exchange (the "Exchange") or The NASDAQ National Market (the "NASDAQ") shall have been suspended or been made subject to material limitations, or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required, on the Exchange, the NASDAQ or by order of the Commission or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction; or (C) if a banking moratorium has been declared by any state or federal authority or if any material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services shall have occurred; or (D) any downgrading shall have occurred in the Company's corporate credit rating or the rating accorded the Company's debt securities or preferred stock by any "nationally recognized statistical rating organization" (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g) under the Securities Act) or if any such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company's debt securities; or (E) (i) if there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or acts of terrorism involving the United States or there is a declaration of a national emergency or war by the United States or (ii) if there shall have been any other calamity or crisis or any change in political, financial or economic conditions if the effect of any such event in (i) or (ii), in the judgment of the Representatives, makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale and delivery of the Firm Shares or the Additional Shares, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by the Prospectus. (c) If one or more of the Selling Stockholders shall fail to sell and deliver to the Underwriters the Shares to be sold and delivered by such Selling Stockholders at the Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement, then the Underwriters may at their option, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, either (i) terminate this Agreement without any liability on the part of any Underwriter or, except as provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof, the Company or the Selling Stockholders, or (ii) purchase the Shares which the Company and other Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell and deliver in accordance with the terms hereof. If one or more of the Selling Stockholders shall fail to sell and deliver to the Underwriters the Shares to be sold and delivered by such Selling Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement at the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, then the Underwriters shall have the right, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, to postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, but in no event for longer than seven days in order that the required changes, if any, to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or any other documents or arrangements may be effected. (d) Any notice of termination pursuant to this Section 12 shall be in writing. 28 (e) If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to any of the provisions hereof (otherwise than pursuant to (i) notification by the Representatives as provided in Section 12(a) hereof or (ii) Section 10(b) hereof), or if the sale of the Shares provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth herein is not satisfied or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company or any Selling Stockholder to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof, the Company will, subject to demand by the Representatives, reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and expenses of their counsel), incurred by the Underwriters in connection herewith. 13. Notices. All communications hereunder, except as may be otherwise specifically provided herein, shall be in writing, and: (a) if sent to any Underwriter, shall be mailed, delivered, or faxed and confirmed in writing, to such Underwriter c/o Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention: Equity Capital Markets, and Thomas Weisel Partners LLC, One Montgomery Street, Suite 3700, San Francisco, California 94104, Attention: David A. Baylor, Esq., with a copy to Underwriter's Counsel at Latham & Watkins, 633 West Fifth Street, Los Angeles, California 90071, Attention: Mary Ellen Kanoff, Esq.; (b) if sent to the Company, shall be mailed, delivered, or faxed and confirmed in writing to the Company and its counsel at the addresses set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: S. Page Todd; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 8 shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its acceptance facsimile to the Representatives, which address will be supplied to any other party hereto by the Representatives upon request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect at the time of receipt thereof. 14. Parties. This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the Underwriters and the Company and the controlling persons, directors, officers, employees and agents referred to in Section 8 and 9, and their respective successors and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, and said controlling persons, and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and it is not for the benefit of any other person, firm or corporation. The term "successors and assigns" shall not include a purchaser, in its capacity as such, of Shares from any of the Underwriters. 15. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. 29 17. Headings. The headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement. 18. Time is of the Essence. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term "business day" shall mean any day when the Commission's office in Washington, D.C. is open for business. [signature page follows] 30 If the foregoing correctly sets forth your understanding, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement among us. Very truly yours, MOVIE GALLERY, INC. By:_______________________________________ Name: Title: The Selling Stockholders named on Schedule II hereto, acting severally By:_______________________________________ Name: Title: Attorney-in-Fact Accepted as of the date first above written BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC. By:_______________________________________ Name: Title: THOMAS WEISEL PARTNERS LLC By:_______________________________________ Name: Title: On behalf of themselves and the other Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto. S-1 SCHEDULE I
Number of Additional Shares to be Purchased if Total Number of Firm Shares Maximum Option Name of Underwriter to be Purchased Exercised - ------------------- --------------- --------- Company: Selling Stockholders: Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. Thomas Weisel Partners LLC Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. BB&T Capital Markets SWS Securities, Inc. Total................ 3,900,000 4,350,000 1,237,500 ========= ========= =========
SCHEDULE II
Name of Selling Number of Firm Number of Additional Stockholder (or Shares to Be Sold: Shares to Be Sold Over-Allotment Selling ----------------- if Maximum Option Stockholder, as Exercised: applicable): ------------------- --------------------- Joe Thomas Malugen 1,000,000 309,375 H. Harrison Parrish 3,000,000 928,125 William B. Snow 60,000 -- Sanford C. Sigoloff 60,000 -- Philip B. Smith 10,000 -- S. Page Todd 80,000 -- J. Steven Roy 100,000 -- Jeffrey S. Stubbs 40,000 -- Total 4,350,000 1,238,500
SCHEDULE III Name of Director or Stockholder Subject to the Lock-Up Provision: - ---------------------------------------------------------------- Joe Thomas Malugen William B. Snow J. Steven Roy Jeffrey S. Stubbs S. Page Todd H. Harrison Parrish Sanford C. Sigoloff Philip B. Smith EX-23.1 4 d95687a2ex23-1.txt EXHIBIT 23.1 EXHIBIT 23.1 CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our reports dated February 14, 2002, in the Registration Statement (Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Movie Gallery, Inc. for the registration of 9,487,500 shares of its common stock. Birmingham, Alabama May 14, 2002 EX-23.2 5 d95687a2ex23-2.txt EXHIBIT 23.2 EXHIBIT 23.2 INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S CONSENT We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Movie Gallery, Inc. on Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 of our report, dated February 15, 2002, which contains an explanatory paragraph due to the uncertainty about Video Update, Inc. and subsidiaries (debtor-in-possession)'s ability to continue as a going concern, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption "Experts" in such Prospectus. SINGER LEWAK GREENBAUM & GOLDSTEIN LLP Los Angeles, California May 14, 2002 -----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----